YFP 385: Networking Reimagined: Insights from David Burkus


Tim Ulbrich revisits his 2019 conversation with David Burkus, author of Friend of a Friend, to explore how we can rethink networking and build relationships that unlock new opportunities. This episode is brought to you by First Horizon.

Episode Summary

In this week’s episode, YFP Co-Founder Tim Ulbrich revisits a 2019 conversation with David Burkus, best-selling author of Friend of a Friend, to explore how we can rethink networking and build relationships that unlock new opportunities. David, an expert in organizational behavior and network science, challenges traditional networking advice and highlights the surprising value of “weak ties”—connections we interact with less often but that can open unexpected doors. 

He also explains the power of “dormant ties,” structural holes, super connectors, and the importance of authentic engagement. Tune in for an insightful discussion on leveraging your network to drive success, both professionally and personally.

About Today’s Guest

David Burkus is a best-selling author, a sought after keynote speaker, and Associate Professor of Leadership and Innovation. In 2017, he was named as one of the world’s top business thought leaders by Thinkers50.

His book, Friend of a Friend, offers readers a new perspective on how to grow their networks and build key connections—one based on the science of human behavior, not rote networking advice. He is also the author of Under New Managementand The Myths of Creativity. David is a regular contributor to Harvard Business Review and his work has been featured in Fast Company, the Financial Times, Inc magazine, Bloomberg BusinessWeek, and CBS This Morning.

David’s innovative views on leadership have earned him invitations to speak to leaders from a variety of organizations. He’s delivered keynote speeches and workshops for Fortune 500 companies such as Microsoft, Google, and Stryker and governmental and military leaders at the U.S. Naval Academy and Naval Postgraduate School. His TED talk has been viewed over 2 million times.

Key Points from the Episode

  • Introduction to the Podcast and Sponsor [0:00]
  • Sponsor Introduction and First Horizon Home Loan [1:27]
  • Interview with David Burkus: Background and Motivation [3:09]
  • The Concept of Strong and Weak Ties [13:39]
  • Engaging with Dormant Ties [22:05]
  • Operationalizing Networking: Tools and Systems [26:08]
  • Addressing Concerns About Systematic Networking [29:21]
  • The Concept of Structural Holes [31:23]
  • The Role of Super Connectors [35:42]
  • Connecting Networking to Personal Finance [40:59]

Episode Highlights

“The goal is to make weak ties like your old friends, those people who you could pick up the phone and call and it just feels like no time has passed since the last time you’ve talked to them.” -David Burkus [17:52]

“The big lesson is, whatever is unique and authentic for you, that is a system where you’re regularly checking back in with these dormant ties that will work. You’ve got to be comfortable doing it, but once you do it, stay consistent with it.” – David Burkus [25:27]

“If you think about Facebook, for example, if you pull up a list of your friends on Facebook, it’s already sorted by how frequently you interact with those people, right? And in a lot of other places, you can ask for it to sort your existing connections that way, right? So scroll all the way down to the bottom, boom, we’ve already found some of your dormant ties.” – David Burkus [22:01]

“What I tell people, if you get all the way to the end of the day and you haven’t thought of something, you can send a three sentence email that will, believe it or not, jump start a conversation, and the three sentences are: “I was thinking about you today. I hope you’re well. No reply needed.” – David Burkus [24:11]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

 

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 384: Beyond Salary: Negotiating Your Value in the Workplace


YFP Co-Founders Tim Baker and Tim Ulbrich discuss essential negotiation skills inspired by Chris Voss’s book, Never Split The Difference, covering key strategies to boost your financial plan, mindset, and confidence.

Episode Summary

In this episode, YFP Co-Founders Tim Baker and Tim Ulbrich have a valuable conversation on negotiation—an essential skill that impacts not only finances but also mindset and confidence. Inspired by Chris Voss’s book, Never Split The Difference, Tim and Tim explore negotiation techniques drawn from Voss’s experience as a former FBI hostage negotiator and break down why negotiation is vital for your financial plan, key goals, and practical strategies for navigating each step.

About Today’s Guests

Tim Baker is the Co-Founder and Director of Financial Planning at Your Financial Pharmacist. Founded in 2015, YFP is a fee-only financial planning firm and connects with the YFP community of 12,000+ pharmacy professionals via the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast podcast, blog, website resources and speaking engagements. 

Tim attended the United States Military Academy majoring in International Relations and branching Armor. After his military career, he worked as a logistician with a major retailer and a construction company. After much deliberation, Tim decided to make a pivot in his career and joined a small independent financial planning firm in 2012. In 2016, he launched his own financial planning firm Script Financial and in 2019 merged with Your Financial Pharmacist. Tim now lives in Columbus, Ohio with his wife (Shay), three kids (Olivia, Liam and Zoe), and dog (Benji).

Tim Ulbrich is the Co-Founder and CEO of Your Financial Pharmacist. Founded in 2015, YFP is a fee-only financial planning firm and connects with the YFP community of 15,000+ pharmacy professionals via the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast podcast, blog, website resources and speaking engagements. To date, YFP has partnered with 75+ organizations to provide personal finance education.

Tim received his Doctor of Pharmacy degree from Ohio Northern University and completed postgraduate residency training at The Ohio State University. He spent 9 years on faculty at Northeast Ohio Medical University prior to joining Ohio State University College of Pharmacy in 2019 as Clinical Professor and Director of the Master’s in Health-System Pharmacy Administration Program.

Tim is the host of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast which has more than 1 million downloads. Tim is also the co-author of Seven Figure Pharmacist: How to Maximize Your Income, Eliminate Debt and Create Wealth. Tim has presented to over 200 pharmacy associations, colleges, and groups on various personal finance topics including debt management, investing, retirement planning, and financial well-being.

Key Points from the Episode

  • Importance of Negotiation in Financial Planning [0:00]
  • Introduction to Negotiation and Its Role in Financial Planning [1:23]
  • The Process and Importance of Negotiation [6:45]
  • Employer Expectations and Employee Responsibilities in Negotiation [13:07]
  • Strategies for Effective Negotiation [17:09]
  • Counteroffers and Leveraging Non-Salary Terms [32:18]
  • Tools and Techniques for Negotiation [37:19]
  • Applying Negotiation Strategies in Financial Planning [46:54]
  • Conclusion and Final Thoughts [47:08]

Episode Highlights

“Negotiation is really a process of discovery. It really shouldn’t be viewed as a battle. It’s really a process of discovery.” – Tim Baker [5:58]

“I think there is often a sentiment and I know I’ve felt it myself, where, you know what, I’m glad to have a position. I’m glad to be making a good income. But that can be true, and you still can be a good person, and you still can negotiate and advocate for yourself and the value you bring to the organization.” – Tim Ulbrich [6:20]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich  00:00

Hey everybody. Tim Ulbrich here and thank you for listening to the Yfp Podcast, where each week, we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. Negotiation. That’s what we’re talking about today, an important skill that many of us were not taught, and one that can move the needle significantly, yes, financially, but also in terms of mindset and confidence. One of my favorite resources on this topic is the book never split the difference by Chris Voss. I first heard this book on a podcast interview several years ago where Chris was demonstrating his quote late night DJ voice, which is one of the fun techniques he describes in that book. Now, if you haven’t read the book before. In addition to listening to today’s episode, check it out and make sure to do the audio version. It’s fantastic and really drives home the examples used throughout. Chris is a former FBI international hostage negotiator who took what he learned from high stakes negotiation and brought it to us for everyday use. Now, considering that effective negotiation can have a big impact on your financial plan. This week, we’re hitting replay on an episode that Tim and I recorded back in August of 2020 during the show, we discussed why negotiation is important your financial plan, the goals of negotiation and tips and strategies for different parts of the negotiation process that you can implement in your own negotiation. Make sure to listen all the way through as I’m confident in saying, there will be a positive return on your time investment. One last thing, unlike traditional financial planning firms, our team of certified financial planners at Yfp is experience in helping our clients through negotiations, whether that be negotiating within an organization for a new position or to increase salary or for someone looking for a new job, if we can help with your negotiation, head on over your financial pharmacist.com click on book a discovery call so that we can learn more about your situation and see whether or not our services are the right fit for You. All right, let’s jump into our conversation on effective negotiation. Tim Baker, welcome back to the show.

Tim Baker  02:08

Yeah, happy to be here. How’s it going?

Tim Ulbrich  02:09

Tim, it’s going excited to talk negotiation something we discuss a lot, a lot in presentations, a lot. I know that you discuss with clients as a part of the financial plan, but we haven’t addressed it directly on the show before. So I’m excited that we get a chance to dig into this topic. And we know that negotiation can carry a lot of power, and can be used across the board, really, in life, right? Could be negotiating terms for a new or existing job, position, buying a car, buying a house, negotiating with your kids or spouse, kidding, not not kidding, as we’ll talk about here in a little bit, so we’re going to focus predominantly on salary negotiation, but really, these techniques can be applied to many areas of the financial plan and really life as a whole. So Tim, I know that for you, negotiation is a key piece of the financial plan, and you and our CFPs over at Yfp talk about negotiation in the context of financial planning, which I would say is probably not the norm of the financial planning industry and services. So let’s start with this. Why is negotiation such an important piece of the financial plan?

Tim Baker  03:14

Yeah, so I think you know, if we, if we look at why, if peace mission, you know why? If he’s mission is to empower pharmacists to achieve financial freedom. So I think the building blocks of that really is kind of what we do day in and day out with with clients at Yfp plan. And what I what I typically, or the way that we typically approach a financial plan, is we really want to help the client grow and protect their income, which is the lifeblood of the financial plan. Without income, nothing moves. But we know that probably more importantly than that is grow and protect the balance sheet, the net worth, which means increase in assets efficiently and decrease in liabilities efficiently and ultimately moving the net worth number in the right direction. So those are, you know, both quantitative things, but then qualitatively, we want to make sure that we’re keeping all the goals in mind. So grow and protect income and net worth while keep the goals in mind. So to me, that’s, that’s our jam, you know. So you know when I when I say, you know, when somebody asked me a question, like we do the ask a wife, pcfp, and I’m like, I always say, Well, it depends. A lot of it depends, really, on those, those foundational like, where are we at with the balance sheet, and where do we want to go? Meaning, what? What are our goals? What’s our why? What’s a, what’s the life plan? You know, what’s a wealthy life for you? And how can we support that with the financial plan? So to go back to your question, you know, my belief is that the income is a is a big part of that. And you know, what I found with working with many, many pharmacists is sometimes, and sometimes pharmacists are not just, you know, not great at advocating for themselves. You know, most of the people that I talk to, you know, when we talk about salary negotiation, they’re like, um. You know, I just thankful I have a job, and I’m in agreement with that. But, you know, sometimes a little bit of negotiation and having some of the skills that we’ll talk about today to better advocate for yourself is is important, and it’s in a lot of this stuff is not necessarily just for salary. It can be for a lot of different things. But to me, what I what I saw as a need here. You know, same thing, like most financial planners don’t walk, walk you through kind of home purchase and what that looks like, because most financial planners are working with people in their 50s, 60s and 70s. So a lot that was a need for a lot of our clients were like, Hey, Tim, I’m buying this house. I don’t really know where to start. So we, we, you know, provide some education and some recommendations and advice around that. So same thing with salary. It’s like I kept seeing like, well, maybe, you know, maybe I, you know, I took the job too quickly, or, you know, I didn’t advocate for myself. So that’s really where we want to provide some education and advice, again, to have a better, better position from it, from an income, income perspective, yeah. 

Tim Ulbrich  05:58

I think it’s a great tool to have in your tool bag, you know? And I think, as we’ll talk about here, you know, the goal is not to be an expert negotiator. There’s lots of resources that are out there that can help with this and make it tangible and practical, one of which will draw a lot of the information today. I know that you talk with clients, a resource I love, never split the difference by Chris Voss, but I’m glad you mentioned. You know, I think there is often a sentiment. I know I felt it myself, where, you know what, I’m glad to have a position. I’m glad to be making a good income. But that can be true, and you still can be a good person, and you still can negotiate and advocate for yourself and the value you bring to the organization. Yeah, so I hope folks will hear that and not, not necessarily think that negotiation is bad, and as we’ll talk about here in a moment, I think really can have a significant impact when you think about it as it relates to earnings over your career and what those additional earnings could mean. So Tim, break it down for us. What is negotiation? And really thinking further, why is it important?

Tim Baker  06:57

Yeah, so, so negotiation, you know, it’s really a process of discovery. You know, it really shouldn’t be viewed as as a battle. It’s really a process of discovery. It’s kind of that awkward conversation that you’re you should be obligated to have, because, you know, if you, you know, if you don’t want to advocate for yourself professionally, who will, and maybe you have a good mentor or something like that. But to me, the the negotiation again, is really to discover, you know, what, what you want, and kind of what you’re the counterpart you know, which might be a boss or a hiring manager or something like that. And it’s an it’s really important, because, you know, settling for a lower salary can have really major financial consequences, both both immediately and down the road. And you know, you you typically raises that you receive are typically based on a percentage of their salary. So we’re, hey, we’re going to give you a, you know, 3% raises here, a 5% raise if you start off with a salary that you’re not happy with. You know that then obviously, that’s, that’s a problem. Accrue less in retirement savings. So that TSP, that 401, K, 403, B, again, you typically are going to get some type of match in a lot of cases, and then you’re going to put a percent in. So again, that could potentially be lower, but it’s, it is. It’s not just about salary. It can be, you know, I think another mistake that sometimes people make is that they’ll say, oh, wow, I was making, you know, 125 and, you know, I’m taking a job that’s paying me 135 and they take a major step back on some of the non salary, things like benefits and flex scheduling and time off and things like that. But you know, you really want to make sure that the compensation package that you have, you know you’re happy with, because being overpaid, being underpaid, really can make you feel resentful over the long run. So you want to make sure that you’re, you know, again, you know, right now, we’re filming this in the midst of a pandemic, and you know the economy and the job market is tough, but you know, you still want to, you still want to advocate for yourself and make sure you’re getting the, you know, the best compensation package that that you can.

Tim Ulbrich  08:56

As we’ll talk about here in a little bit, I think If we frame this differently than maybe our understanding or preconceived beliefs. You know, you mentioned it’s not a battle, you know. I think the goal is that you’re trying to come to an agreement or an understanding. And as we’ll talk about here, many employers are likely expecting this, and that number, in terms of those that are expecting versus those that are actually engaging in the conversation, from an employee standpoint, is very different. So I think that might help give us confidence to be able to initiate some of those. And we’ll talk about strategies to do that. I do want to give one example, though. Tim, real quick, you mentioned, you know, obviously, if somebody earns less and they receive smaller raises, or they accrue less in retirement savings, that can have a significant impact. And and I went down the rabbit hole, prepping for this episode of just looking at a quick example of this, where you have two folks that, let’s say they both start working at the age of 28 they retire at their 65 so same starting point, same retirement age. Let’s assume they get a 3% cost of living adjustment every year for their career. Just to keep it simple, you. The only difference here is that one starts at 100k and one starts at 105k so because of either you know what, what they asked for negotiations, whatever be the case, one starts $5,000 greater than the other. And if you play this out, same starting age, same ending age, same cost of living adjustments, one starts at a higher point when it’s all said and done, one individual has about $300,000 more of earnings than the other. And this, of course, does not include differences that you’d also have, because a higher salary, if you have a match, that would increase, that would compound, that would grow, if you were to switch jobs, you’re at a better point of now negotiating from a higher salary. All other benefits that aren’t included. But the significance of the starting point, I think, is something to really look at those numbers that often where you start can inform where you’re going, not only from cost of living adjustments, but also future employment, right? So we know that where you start, if you get a 3% raise, it’s of course, gonna be based off that number. You decide to leave that employer and you go to another one, what do they ask you? How much did you make? You’re using that number. So that starting point is so critical, and I hope that new practitioners might even find some confidence in that, to be able to engage in discussions knowing how significant those numbers can be over a career. So in that one example, that starting point is a difference of about $300,000 Crazy, right? 

Tim Baker  11:24

When you look at over a long time period, yeah, it’s not, it’s nuts. And I’d pay the devil’s advocate, you know, on the other side of that is that, you know, again, so much, just like everything else with with the financial plan, you can’t look at it, you know, in a vacuum, we’ve had clients, yeah, take a lot less money, and really was because of the the student loans, and how that would affect their strategy in terms of forgiveness and things like that. So, yeah, it is multifactorial. It’s definitely something that it should really be examined. And I think again, when you look at the overall context of the financial plan, but it to your point, Tim, that that start in salary, and really you know how you negotiate throughout the course of your career is going to be utterly important. And you know, again, what we say is, with, you know, we, we kind of downplay the income, because I think, you know, so much of what’s kind of taught us, like, oh, six figure salary, you’re you’ll be okay. And that’s not true. But then, you know it is true that it is the lifeblood of the financial plan. So I think if you have a plan and you’re intentional with what you’re doing, that’s where you can really start, you know, making moves with regard to your financial outlook,

Tim Ulbrich  12:26

yeah, and I’m glad you know you said that about salary shouldn’t be looked at in a silo. I mean, just to further that point, you you’ve alluded to it already, these numbers don’t matter. If there’s other variables that are non monetary that matter more, right? Whether that be time off or satisfaction in the workplace, opportunities that you have feelings that will come. I mean, the whole list of things that you can’t necessarily put a number to. I mean, I would argue if, if those are really important, you’ve got to weigh those against, you know, whatever this number would be, and there’s a certain point where the difference in money is it worth it? You know, if there’s other variables that are involved, which, which, usually there are, hopefully we can get both right salary and and non salary items. Yes. So interesting stats about negotiation. I’ve heard you present before on this topic, but I’d like you to share with our audience in terms of managers that are expecting hires to negotiate, versus those that do talk us through some of those as I think it will help us frame and maybe change our perception on employers expecting it and our willingness to engage in these conversations.

Tim Baker  13:34

Yeah, and I really need to cite, to cite this one. And I believe, I believe this first stat comes from Sherm, which is the Society for Human Resource Management. So I think this is, like the biggest association for, like HR and human resource personnel in the country. And the stat that that I use is that, you know, 99% of hiring managers expect prospective hires to negotiate. So if you think about that, you know, and you know, the overwhelming majority expect, you know, you the perspective hire to negotiate, and they build their initial offers as such. So, you know, the example, you know, I did the clients, is like, hey, you know, we have, you know, we have a position that we could pay, you anywhere from you know, 110,000 to 130,000 knowing that you know, Tim, if I’m offering this job to you, knowing that you’re probably going to negotiate with me, I’m going to offer it to you for 110 knowing that I have a little bit of wiggle room if you kind of come back with a counter offer. But what a lot of a lot of my clients, you know, or people do that I talk with is they’ll just say, Yes, I found a job. Crappy, crappy job market, you know, happy to get started, ready to get started. And there’s and they’re, they’re either, you know, overly enthusiastic to accept a job, or they’re just afraid that a little bit of negotiation would would, you know, hurt their, yeah, you know, hurt their outlook. So. So with that in mind is that you, you know the the offers, I think, are built in a way that you know you should, you should be negotiating and trying to, again, advocate for yourself.

Tim Ulbrich  15:09

Yeah, and so if people are presenting positions often, you know, with with a range and salary, expecting negotiation, I hope that gives folks, you know, some confidence and okay, that’s probably expected, and maybe shift some of the perception away from this whole thing could fall apart, which it could right at any given point in time, especially depending on the way you conduct yourself in that negotiation, which I think is really, really important to consider. But I think what we want to try to avoid, Tim, back to a comment you made earlier, is any resentment, right as well. I mean, if we think about this from a relationship standpoint. We want the employee to feel valued, and we want the employer to have a shot at retaining this individual long term, right? So it’s a two way, two way relationship,

Tim Baker  15:50

And it kind of, it kind of comes up to where, you know, we were talking about, what is, you know, what is the goal of negotiation? And really, the goal of negotiation is, is to come to some type of agreement. Yeah, the problem, the problem with that is, is that people are involved in this, and we as people are emotional beings. So if we feel like that, we’re being, you know, we’re treated unfairly, or we don’t feel safe and secure, or if we’re not in control of the conversation, you know, our emotions can get the best of us. So that’s that’s that’s important. So there again, there’s some techniques that you can, you know, utilize to kind of mitigate that. But you know, to allude to your point about, you know, negotiating the fear to kind of, you know, potentially mess up the deal. You know, there’s a stat that says 32% don’t negotiate because they’re too worried about losing the job offer. Yeah, I know Tim, like we can attest to this, because, you know, with our growth at Yfp, we’ve, we’ve definitely done some, some human resource in use that as a verb, and hiring and things like that of late. And I gotta say that, you know, the I think that some of this can be unfounded, just because there’s, there’s just so much, you know, blood, sweat and tears that goes into fire, you know, to fight finding the right people, to kind of surround, you know, yourself with, and bring into an organization that, to me, a little bit of back and forth is not going to ultimately lose the job. So typically, most, most jobs, there’s, you know, interview, you know, obviously there’s, there’s an application process, there’s interviews, there’s second interviews, there’s maybe on site visits, there’s kind of, you know, looking at all the candidates and then extending offers. If you get to that, that offer stage, you’re, you’re you’re pretty, you know, they’ve identified you as they’re the, you’re the person that they want. So, you know, sometimes a little bit of back and forth is not going to, you know, derail any such deal. So that’s, it’s really, really important to understand that, yeah, and

Tim Ulbrich  17:45

As the employer, I mean, we’ve all heard about the costs and statistics around retention. So as an employer, when I find that person, I want to retain them. That’s my that’s my goal. Right now, I want to find good talent on a retain good talent. So I certainly don’t want somebody being resentful about, you know, the work that they’re doing, the pay that they have. And so I think if we can work some of that out before beginning and come to an agreement, it’s a good fit for us, good fit for them, I think it’s also going to help the benefit of the, hopefully the long term relationship of that engagement. So it’s one thing to say, we should be doing it. It’s another thing to say, Well, how do we actually do this? Well, you know, what are some tips and tricks for negotiation? So I thought it’d be helpful if we could walk through some of the stages of negotiation, and through those stages we can talk as well as beyond that, what are some actual strategies to negotiation? Again, another shout out to never split the difference by Chris Voss. I think he does an awesome job of teaching these strategies in a way that really helped them come alive and are in our memorable Yeah. So, Tim, let’s talk about the the first stage, the interview stage, and what are some strategies that that those listening can take when it comes to negotiation in this stage.

Tim Baker  18:56

Yeah? So, so I kind of, when I, when I present, you know, these concepts to a client. I kind of said that the, you know, the four stages of the of negotiation are fairly, are fairly vanilla, you know. And the first one is the, you know, that interview. So when you get that interview, you know, what I say is, you know, typically you want to talk, talk less, listen more and learn more. Typically, the person that is talking the most is, is, is not in control. The conversation, the one that’s listening and answering, asking good questions, is in control. And I kind of, I kind of think back to, you know, some of our recent hires, and, you know, the people that we identify as, like, top candidates, I’m like, Man, their interviews went really well. And when I actually think, think back and slow down, it’s, it’s really, I think that they went really well, because there’s, it’s really that person asking good questions, and then, and then me just talking, and and, and that’s, and that’s like the perception, so in that, in that case, like the, you know, the candidate was asking us good questions, and we’re like, yeah, these, this was a great interview, because I’d like to hear myself talk, or I just get really excited. About, you know, what we’re doing at Yfp. So I think if you can really, you know, focus on your counterpart, focus on the organization, you know, whether it’s the hospital or whatever, whatever it is, and learn, and then the, you know, and then really pivot to the value that you bring. I think that’s going to be important, you know, most important. So, you know, understanding, you know, what, what some of their maybe pain points are, whether it’s retention or, you know, maybe some type of, you know, care issue, or whatever that may be, you know, you can kind of use that to your advantage as you’re as you’re kind of going through the different, you know, stages of negotiation, but the more that the other person talks, you know, the better. I would say, you know, in the interview stage, you know, one of the things that often comes up, you know, that can come off fairly soon, is the question about salary. And, you know, sometimes that is, you know, it’s kind of like a time saving. So it’s a Hey, Tim, you know, what are you looking for in salary? If you throw out a number that’s way too high, like, I’m not even gonna, you know, waste my time. And what I tell clients is, like you typically, you want to, and we’ll talk about anchoring. You really want to, do? You really want to avoid, you know, throwing, throwing a number out and for a variety of reasons. So one of the deflections you could use is, hey, I appreciate the question, but I’m really trying to figure out if I’d be a good fit for your organization. You know, we let’s talk about, you know, negotiate, or let’s talk about salary when the time comes. Or the other, the other piece of it is, it’s just, you are not, you’re not in the business of offering yourself a job. And what I mean by that is it’s, it’s their job to basically provide an offer. So, you know, hey, my current employer, you know, doesn’t really allow me to kind of reveal that kind of information. What did you have in mind? Or we know that pharmacy is a small business, and I’m sure your budget is, you know, is reasonable. What did you have in mind? So at the end of the day, it’s, it’s their job to extend the offer, not you, to kind of negotiate your against yourself, which can happen, you know, I had a, I had a, we signed on a client here at Yfp planning yesterday, and we were talking about negotiation. I think it was kind of had to do with that tax issue. And, you know, he he basically said this is what he was looking for. And then when he got into the organization, I think he saw the number that was budgeted for, and it was a lot more so. Again, if you can deflect that, and I tell a story, when I first got out of the army, I kind of knew this. But when I first got out of the army, I was interviewing for jobs, you know, I was in an interview, and I deflect it. And I think the guy asked me again, and I deflect it. I think he asked me for, like, maybe that asked me for like, four times, and I just wound up giving him a range that was, like, obnoxious, 100 to 200,000 or something like that. But to me, you know, that in the interview didn’t go, go well after that. But to me, it was, like, it was more about, you know, clearing the slate instead of actually learning more about me and seeing if I was a good fit. So you never want to lie about your current style. If they ask about your current style, you never want to lie, but you definitely want to deflect and move to things of like, okay, can I potentially be a good fit for your organization? And then go from there? Yeah. And

Tim Ulbrich  22:55

I think deflection takes practice, right? I don’t think that comes down to many of us. Totally, yeah. Yeah, this, this reminds me. So, you know, talk less, listen more for for any Hamilton folks we have out there, which is playing 24/7 in my house these days, the soundtrack, I’m not gonna, I’m not gonna sing right now, but talk less. Smile, smile more. Don’t let them know what you’re against or what you’re for. So I think that’s a good, good connection there to the interview stage. So next, hopefully comes the good news. Company wants to hire you makes an offer. So Tim, talk us through this stage. What? What should we be remembering when we actually have an offer on the table? Yeah, so

Tim Baker  23:30

I think you definitely want to be appreciative and thankful again when, when a company gets to a point where they’re extending you an offer, that’s, that’s, that’s huge. I remember when I got, again, my first offer out of out of the Army, because, again, you don’t really have a choice when you’re in the army. Well, I guess you do have a choice, but you know, they’re not like, here’s a here’s a written offer for your employment in this platoon somewhere in Iraq. But I remember getting the first offer. I’m like, Man, this is awesome. Shows your salary and the benefits and things like that. So you want to be appreciable and thankful you don’t appreciative and thankful. You don’t want to be you want to be excited, but not too over excited. So you don’t want to appear to be desperate. What I tell clients, I think the biggest piece here is make sure you get it in, write in, yes, and I have a, you know, a story that I tell him, because if it’s not in writing and what essentially says it didn’t, didn’t happen. So again, using some personal experience here, you know, first job out of the army, I had negotiated, you know, basically an extra week of vacation because I didn’t want to take a step back in that regard. And I got the offer, and the extra week wasn’t there. So I talked to my, my, you know, my future boss, about it, and he said, You know what, I don’t want to go back to headquarters and, you know, in ruffle some feathers. So why don’t we just take care of that on site here, and this was the job I had in Columbus, Ohio. And I said, Yeah, okay, I don’t really want to, you know, ruffle feathers either. The problem with that was when he got replaced, when he was terminated, eight months later, that currency burned up fairly quickly. Be so I didn’t have that, you know, that that extra week of vacation. So, you know, if it’s not written down, it never happens. So you want to make sure that, you know, you get it in, right in, and really go over that written offer extensively. So some employers, they’ll, they’ll extend an offer, and they want to, you know, a decision right away. I would walk away from that, you know, to me, a job change, or, you know, something of that magnitude, you know, I think warrants a 24 if not a 48 probably a minimum of 48 hour, you know, time frame for for you to kind of mold over and this is typically where I kind of, I come in and help clients, because they’ll say, Hey, Tim, I got this offer. What do you think? And we go through it, and we look at benefits, and we look at, you know, the total compensation package and things like that. But, you know, you want to, you know, ask for, you know, ask for a time, you know, some time to review everything and then agreed, you know, definitely adhere to the agree, agreed upon deadline to basically provide, you know, an answer or counteroffer, or, you know, whatever, whatever the next step is for you.

Tim Ulbrich  26:01

Yeah, and I think too, the advice to get it in writing helps buy you time. You know, I think you asked for it anyways. And I think the way you approach this conversation, you’re setting up the counter offer, right? So the tone that you’re using, it’s not about being arrogant here. It’s not about, you know, acting like you’re not excited at all. I think you can strike that balance between you’re appreciative, you’re thankful. You know, you’re continuing to assess if it’s a good fit for you and the organization you want. Some time you want it in writing, and you’re beginning to set the stage. And I think human behavior, right? Says if, if, if something is either on the table or pulled away slightly, the other party wants it a little bit more, right? So yes, if I’m the employer, and I really want someone, and I’m all excited about the offer, and I’m hoping they’re gonna say yes, and they say, Hey, I’m really, really thankful for the offer. I’m excited about what you guys are doing. I need some time to think about X, Y and Z, or, you know, I’m really thinking through X, Y or Z, like, all of a sudden, that makes me want them more, you know. So I think there’s, there’s value in in setting up, what is that, that counter offer? So talk to us about the counteroffer. Tim, break it down in some strategies to think about in this portion. Yeah.

Tim Baker  27:10

So, you know, the the counter offer is, I would say, you know, the majority of the time you should counter in some way. I think you’re expected to make a counter. And again, we kind of back that up with some stats. But you also, you need to know when, you know when not to kind of continue to go back to negotiating table, or when, when you’re asking or over asking. So, you know, I think research is going to be a good, you know, part of that, and I, what I tell clients is like, I can give them a very nice, non scientific I’ve worked with so many pharmacists that I can kind of say, oh, that sounds low, you know, in this for community pharmacy or industry, or whatever, you know, hospital in this area. So, you know, it’s, it’s, it’s your network, which could be someone like me, it could be a call, you know, colleagues. But it could also be things like Glassdoor, indeed, salary.com, so you want to make sure that your, you know, your offer, your counter offer, it is backed up in some type of, you know, fact, and really, you know knowing how to maximize your leverage. So if you are you know if you do receive more than one substantial offer, you know, you know from multiple employers, negotiating may be appropriate if the two positions are comparable and then, or if you have tangible evidence that the salary is too low, you know you have a strong position to negotiate. So I had a client that knew that new, newly hired pharmacists were being paid more than than she was, and she, you know, she had the evidence to show that. And basically they went back and did a nice adjustment. So, but again, I think as you go through the way that we kind of do this, you know, with clients, is we kind of go through the the entire letter, and, you know, the benefits and and I basically just highlight things and have questions about, you know, match or vacation time or salary and things like that. And then we start constructing it from there. So if you look at again, the thing where most people will start a salary is, you know, you really want to give. When you counter, you really want to give a salary range, rather than, like a number. So what I say is, if, a if, if, if, if you say, Hey, Tim, I really want to make $100,000 I kind of said it’s almost like the big bad wolf that blows the house down like all those zeros is, it’s not, it’s there’s no substance to that. But if you said, Hey, I really want to make $105,985 the the Journal of experimental social psychology says that using a precise number instead of a rounded number gives it a more potent anchor. So your homework, right? Yeah, you know, you know what you what, you know, what you’re worth, you know, what the positions worth? It’s given the appearance of research. So I kind of like, you know, it’s kind of like the gap the Zach Galifianakis, me, that has all the equations that are flowing. It’s kind of like that. But the the $100,000 you can just blow that house over. So, and I think so. So once you figure out that number, then you kind of want to. Change it so, you know, they say, if you give a range of, you know, you know, of a salary, then it opens up room for discussion, and shows the employer that you have flexibility, and it gives you some cushion. In case, you know, you think that you’re asking for a little bit too high so that’s, that’s going to be, that’s going to be really, really important is, is that to provide kind of precise numbers in in a range, and, oh, by the way, I want to be kind of paid at the upper, upper echelon of that. So

Tim Ulbrich  30:28

real quick on that you mentioned before, the concept of anchoring. I want to spend some time here as you’re talking about a range. So dig into that further. What that means in terms of, if I’m given a range, how does anchoring fit into that. Yeah.

Tim Baker  30:41

So, you know, we kind of talk about this more more when we kind of talk some about the tools and the behavior of negotiation, but the rain. So when we talk about, like anchoring, so anchoring is actually it’s a bias. So anchor and bias describes the common tendency to give too much weight to the first number. So again, if we’re, if we if we can, if I can, if can, have invite the listener to imagine an equation, and the equation is five times four times three times two times one, and that’s in your mind’s eye. And then you clear the slate, and now you imagine this equation one times two times three times four times five. Now, if I show the average person, and I just flash that number up, the first number that start, you know the first equation that starts with five and the second equation that starts with one, we know that those things equal, the same thing, but in the first equation, we see the five first. So it creates this anchor, creates this belief in us that that number is actually higher. Yeah. So, so the the idea of anchoring is typically that that number that we see really is a has a major influence. That first number is a major influence of where the negotiation goes. So you can kind of get into the whole idea of you know, factor in your knowledge of the zone of possible agreement, which is often called Zopa. So that’s the range of options that should be acceptable for both sides, and then kind of assessing, you know, your side of that, and then your your other parties anchor on that. So there’s, there’s lots of things that kind of going into anchoring, but you know, we, you know, we did this recently with a with a client, where I think they were offered somewhere in like the 110 112 area. And she’s like, you know, I really want to get paid closer to, like 117 118 so we, we basically in the counter offer. We said, hey, you know that, thanks for the offer. And we did something called an accusation on it, which we can talk about in a second. But thanks for the counter offer. But, you know, I’m really looking to make between, you know, I think we said something like 116 five, you know, 98 to, you know, all the way up into the 120s and it actually brought her up to, I think she was just 117 change actually brought her up closer to that 18. So using that range and kind of that, that range as an as a good anchoring position to help, help the negotiation. So there’s lots of different things that kind of go into anchor, in terms of extreme anchoring, and a lot of that stuff that they talk about in the book. But again, that’s kind of goes back to that first number being thrown out there can be really, really integral. And again, when you couple that on top of, hey, it’s, it’s their job to make you an offer, not the, not the other way around. You have to really learn how to deflect that and and know you know how to position, you know, position yourself in those negotiations. But that’s really the counteroffer. And what I would say to kind of just wrap up the counter offer is embrace the silence. Yeah, so Tim, there’s silence there. And I’m like, I want to, I want to feel the voice. And I do this with with clients, when we talk about, like mirroring and things like that, like people are uncomfortable with silence. And you know what he talks about in the book, which I would 100% this is really kind of a tip of the cat to Chris Voss in his book, which I love, I read probably at least once a year, where he talks about embracing the silence. We as people are conditioned to feel silences. So you know, he talks about sometimes people will, you know, negotiate against themselves. If you just sit there and you say, Uh huh, that’s interesting. And then in the in the counters, just be pleasantly persistent on the non salary terms, which can be both subjective and objective in terms of what you’re looking for in that position, yeah. And I

Tim Ulbrich  34:19

want to make sure we don’t lose that. You know, we’re talking a lot about salary. But again, as we mentioned at the beginning, really try to not only understand but but fit what’s the value of those non salary terms. So this could be everything from, you know, paid time off to, obviously, other benefits, whether that be health or retirement. This, of course, could be called culture of the organization, whether it’s that specific site, the broader organization, opportunities for mentorship.

Tim Baker  34:48

Yep, mentorship, yes, yes, all that. 

Tim Ulbrich  34:51

I think what you hear from folks, I know I felt in my own personal career, with each year that goes on, I value salary, but salary means less than those other. Things mean more. And so as you’re looking at, let’s just say two offers is one example. Let’s say they’re 5000 apart. Like, I’m not saying you give on salary, but how do you factor in these other variables?

Tim Baker  35:10

Yeah, well, and I think too, and I’ll this is kind of, you know, kind of next level with this. And I’ll give you some examples to cite it. I think another, thing to potentially do when you when you are countering and when you’re shifting to some of the maybe the non salary stuff is really took a hard look at your potential employer, or even your current employer, if this is a you know, if you’re an incumbent and you’re and you’re being reviewed and you’re just advocated for a better compensation package, is look at the company’s mission and values. Yeah. So the example I give is like, when we, when we, when Shay and I got pregnant with Liam, you know, she didn’t, she didn’t have a, you know, a maternity leave benefit, and when she was being reviewed, we kind of, you know, invoked the company. And I think it’s like work life balance and things like that. And we’re like, Well, how can you say that and not back that up? And again, we do it. We did it tactfully. And because you’re almost like, you’re almost like, negotiating against yourself, right? So I present this to clients like the Spider Man meme, whether you know, two spider mans are pointing at each other, and she was able to negotiate a better you know, I’m attorney, and it actually, and you we look at us, you know? And I, you know, I give these, one of our values is encourage growth and development, you know. So if an employee says, Hey, and they make a case that I really want to do this, and, you know, it’s almost like we’re negotiating against ourselves. So I think, if you can one, I think it shows, again, the the research and that you’re really interested and plugged into what the organization is doing. But then I think you, you’re, you’re leveraging the the company against itself in some ways, because you’re almost, you know, negotiating against, well, yeah, we put these on the wall as something that we believe in, but we’re not going to support it. Or, you know, so or, you know, at the very least, it plants a seed, right? And that’s what I that’s what I say sometimes with clients, you know, we do strike out. We don’t, you know, it’s like, it’s, it is hard to move the needle and sometimes, but at least one, we’ve got an iteration under our belts where we are negotiation. And two, we’ve planted a seed with that employer, you know, assuming that they took the job anyway, that says, Okay, these are things that are kind of important to me that we’re going to talk about again when we get and things like that. So I think that’s huge.

Tim Ulbrich  37:18

Good stuff. So let’s talk about some tools that we can use for negotiation, and again, many of these are covered in more detail in the book and other resources, which we’ll link to in the show notes. I just want to hit on a few of these. Let’s talk about mirroring accusation audits and the importance of getting a that’s right while you’re in these conversations. And we’ll leave our listeners to dig deeper in some of the other areas. So talk to us about mirroring. What is it? And kind of give us the example and strategies of mirroring.

Tim Baker  37:49

Yeah. And I would actually, Tim, what I would do is I would actually back up, because I think one of the, I think probably one of the most important tools that that are there, I think, is, is the calibrated questions. That’s one of the first things that he talked Yeah. And the reason so, what is a calibrated question? So a calibrated question is a question with really no fixed answer that gives the illusion of control. So the answer, however, is kind of constrained by that question, and you, the person that’s asking the question, has control of the conversation. So I give the example. You know, when we, when we moved into our our house after we renovated it. So brand new house, I walk into my daughter’s room. I think it was four. She was four at the time, and she’s coloring on the the wall in red, red, red crown. And I’m from, I’m from Jersey. So I say crown, not crayon. So she’s, and I, and I look at her, and I say, Olivia, why are, why are you doing that? And she sees how, like, upset I am and mad, or, you know, and she just starts crying. And there’s no there’s no negotiation from there. There’s negotiation over if, there’s no exchange of information. So in an alternate reality, in an alternate reality, what I should have done instead. Olivia, what? What caused you to do that? So you’re basically blasting instead of why is, why is very accusatory. You’re like, you know, the how and the what questions are good so, and of course, she would say, well, Daddy, I ran out of paper, so the walls the next best thing. So the use of, the use of, and having these calibrated questions in your back pocket, I think, again, buys you some time. And really, I think, frames the conversation with your counterpart well. So using words like how and what, and avoiding things like why, when, who, so you know, what about this works. Doesn’t work for you. How can we make this better for us? How you know? How do you want to proceed? How can we solve this problem? What’s the biggest challenge you face? These are all how does this look to you? These are all calibrated questions that again, as you’re kind of going back and forth, you can kind of lean on so have good how and what questions to kind of answer the question about mirroring. As you’re asking these questions, you’re mirroring. Counterpart. So what mirror in the scientific term is called ISO praxism, but he defines this as the Real Life Jedi mind trick. This causes vomiting of information, is what he says. So you know, these are not the droids you’re looking for. So what, what you essentially do is you, you repeat back the last one to three words, or the critical words of your counterpart sentence, your counterpart sentence. So this is me mirroring myself. Yeah. Well, you want to repeat back because you want to, you want them to reveal more information, and you want to build rapport and have that curiosity of kind of what is, what is the other person thinking? So you can again, come to come to an agreement, come to an agreement. Yeah. So you at the end of the day, the purpose. So this is mirror, and so I’ll show you a funny story. The you know, I do. I practice this on my wife, sometimes who does not have a problem speaking, but sometimes with counterpoint listening, by the way. Yeah, yeah, exactly. So I’ll probably be in trouble. But so I basically just, you know, for the you know, for conversation, just just mirror back exactly what she’s saying. And you can do this physically. You can cross your legs or your arms, or, you know, whatever that looks like, but, but when he talks about more is with words, and, you know, I’ll basically just mirror back my wife and she, at the end of the conversation, she’ll say something like, Man, I feel like you really, like, listen to me. And I laugh about that, because I’m just really repeating back. But if you think about it, I did, because for you to be able to do that, you really do have to listen so, so mirroring again, if you’re just repeating back, you really start to uncover more of what your counterpart is thinking. Because often, like, what comes out of our mouth, you know, the first or even second time is just smoke, you know, so really uncovering that one of the things he talks about is, you know, is labeling where, you know, this is kind of described as the method of validating one’s emotion by acknowledging it. So it’s, it seems like you’re really concerned about patient care. It seems like you’re really concerned about the organization’s retention of talent. So what you’re doing is that you’re using neutral statements that don’t involve the use of I or we, so it’s not necessarily accusatory, and then you are, you know, same with the same with the mirror. You really want to not step on your mirror. You want to not step on your label and really invite the other person to say, Yeah, I’m just really frustrated by this or that. So labeling is really important to basically diffuse the power then the negative emotion and really allow you to remain neutral and kind of find out more about that. So that’s super important, yeah.

Tim Ulbrich  42:39

And I think with both of those, Tim, as you’re talking, it connects well back to what we, we mentioned earlier, of of talk less, listen more like you’re Yeah, you’re really getting more information out, right from from a situation that can be guarded. You know, people are trying to be guarded. And I think more information could lead, hopefully, to a more fruitful negotiation. What about the accusation audit?

Tim Baker  42:59

Yeah. So the accusation audit is, um, is it’s one of my favorites. Kind of same, same with calibrated questions. I typically will tell clients, I’m like, Hey, if you don’t, you know, if you don’t learn anything from this, I would say, have some calibrated questions in your back pocket and have a good accusation audit at the Reddit at the ready. And we typically would, typically will use the accusation audit to kind of frame up a counter offer. So, you know, it kind of, it kind of, so, so what? Before I give you the example, the accusation audit is a technique that’s used to identify and labor label, probably like, the worst thing that your counterpart could say about it. So these, this is all the, like, the head trash that’s kind of going on, yes, what of why? I don’t want, don’t want to negotiate. It’s like, Ah, they’re gonna think that, you know, I’m over asking, or I’m greedy, like all those things are that you’re, you’re thinking, so you’re really, you’re really just pointing to the elephant in the room, and you’re just trying to take this thing out and really let the air out of the room, you know, where a lot of people just get so nervous about this. So a good accusation audit is, Hey, Tim, I really appreciate the offer of, you know, $100,000 you know, to work, you know to work with your you know, with your organization. You’re probably gonna think that I’m the greediest person on planet Earth, but I was really looking for this to that, or great line, great. Or you’re, or you’re probably thinking that I’m gonna, I’m asking way too much, or you’re probably thinking that I’m way under qualified for this position, but here’s what I’m thinking. So you’re so again, like, no. Tim, right, right? So when someone says that to me, I’m like, No, I don’t think that. And what often happens, and again, this, this, clients have told me this, what often happens is that the person you know, the counterpart that they’re working with, like, they’re they, they’re recruited as, like, you know, one person said one client was like, Oh, we’re gonna find you more money. We’re gonna figure it out. So they like, you know. So when someone says that to you, you know, just think about how you would feel, you know, I don’t think that at all. And then it just kind of lets the the air out of the room. So you basically preface your counter offer with like, the. The worst things that they could say about about you, and then they typically say that’s not, that’s not true at all. So I love the accusation on it’s so simple, it’s kind of easy to remember. And I think it’s just, it just lays, I think, the groundwork for just great conversation and hopefully resolution.

Tim Ulbrich  45:16

That’s awesome. And then let’s wrap up with a goal of getting to a, that’s right. I remember when I was listening to interview with Chris Voss, this is a part that I heard, and I thought, Wow, that’s so powerful. If you can get in the midst of this negotiation, if we can get to a, yeah, that’s right, the impact that that could happen in the outcome.

Tim Baker  45:33

So, so he kind of talks about it like, you know, kind of put in all of these different tools together, so it’s, um, you know, mirroring and labeling and kind of, you know, using, I think, what he calls minimal encouragements of, uh huh, I see, kind of paraphrasing back what you hear from your from your counterpart, and then really wait for it’s like, Hey, did I get that? Did I get that right? Or am I tracking and what you’re really looking for is that that’s right. And he said, that’s even better than than a yes. So, like, one of the examples I give is, you know, when, when I speak with prospective clients, you know, we’re talking about, like my student loans and my investment portfolio and my, you know, I’m not doing real budgeting, and, you know, I got sold a life insurance policy that I think isn’t great for me. And so we go through all these different parts of the financial plan, and I basically am summarizing back what, you know, what they’re saying, and I say, you know, at the end of it. So I’m summarizing, you know, 30 minutes of conversation, and, you know, I’m saying that, did I? Did I get that right? And they’re like, Yeah, that’s right. You’re, you know, a great listener, which I have to record for my wife sometimes because she doesn’t agree with me. So that’s what you what you what you’re looking for is, is, yeah, that’s right. This person has heard, you know, message sent, heard, understands me. He says, if you get a, if you if you get a, you’re right. So sometimes, again, I keep talking about my wife. I’m like, Hey, Shay, we have to do a better job of saving for retirement. She’s like, you’re right. That’s really code for Shut up and go away. So it’s a, it’s a That’s right, is what, what really what we’re what we’re looking for. So that’s, that’s, yeah, very powerful.

Tim Ulbrich  47:08

That’s great stuff. And really just a great overall summary of some tips within the negotiation process, the steps of the negotiation process, how it fits into the financial plan. We hope folks walk away with that and just a good reminder of our comprehensive financial planning services that we do at yp planning. This is a great example of when we say comprehensive, we mean it so it’s not just investments, it’s not just student loans, it’s really every part of the financial plan, anything that has $1 sign on it. We want our clients to be in conversation and working with our financial planners to make sure we’re optimizing that and looking at all parts of one’s financial planning here, negotiation is a good example of that. So we reference lots of resources. Main one we talked about here today was never split the difference by Chris Voss. We will link to that in our show notes, and as a reminder to access the show notes, you can go to yourfinancialpharmacist.com/podcast, find this week’s episode. Click on that, you’ll be able to access a transcription of the episode as well as as the show notes and the resources. And last but not least, if you like what you heard on this week’s episode of the podcast, please leave us a rating and review on Apple podcasts, wherever you listen to the show. Each and every week, have a great rest of your day.

[DISCLAIMER]

As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products, we urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. Furthermore, the information contained in our archive, newsletters, blog posts and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyzes expressed herein are solely those of your financial pharmacists, unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates published such information may contain forward looking statements which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward looking statements. For more information, please visit your financial pharmacist.com/disclaimer. Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast. Have a great rest of your week. 

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 383: 5 Overlooked & Undervalued Areas of the Financial Plan


Tim Ulbrich, YFP CEO explores five often-overlooked areas of financial planning from credit, tax planning, emergency funds, insurance, and estate planning.

Episode Summary

Tim Ulbrich, YFP CEO, dives into five critical—but often overlooked—areas of financial planning that deserve more attention. While these topics might not be as thrilling as investing, making big purchases, or debt reduction, they’re essential for a strong financial foundation. Tim covers the importance of: building and maintaining credit; proactive tax planning; establishing an emergency fund; reviewing health, life and disability insurance policies; and estate planning. 

Learn how to give these areas the attention they deserve, helping you create a more resilient and well-rounded financial plan.

About Today’s Guest

Tim Ulbrich is the Co-Founder and CEO of Your Financial Pharmacist. Founded in 2015, YFP is a fee-only financial planning firm and connects with the YFP community of 15,000+ pharmacy professionals via the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast podcast, blog, website resources and speaking engagements. To date, YFP has partnered with 75+ organizations to provide personal finance education.

Tim received his Doctor of Pharmacy degree from Ohio Northern University and completed postgraduate residency training at The Ohio State University. He spent 9 years on faculty at Northeast Ohio Medical University prior to joining Ohio State University College of Pharmacy in 2019 as Clinical Professor and Director of the Master’s in Health-System Pharmacy Administration Program.

Tim is the host of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast which has more than 1 million downloads. Tim is also the co-author of Seven Figure Pharmacist: How to Maximize Your Income, Eliminate Debt and Create Wealth. Tim has presented to over 200 pharmacy associations, colleges, and groups on various personal finance topics including debt management, investing, retirement planning, and financial well-being.

Key Points from the Episode

  • Importance of credit in the financial plan [0:00]
  • Shifting mindset from tax preparation to tax planning [3:30]
  • Setting up an emergency fund [9:51]
  • Reviewing insurance coverage [13:31]
  • Estate planning [19:51]
  • Invitation to consider YFP’s financial planning services [24:57]

Episode Highlights

“[Life insurance] is especially important for those that have a spouse, a partner, a significant other, or dependents that are reliant upon your income or partially reliant upon your income.When we think about the purpose of a life insurance policy, one of the main purposes is income protection.” – Tim Ulbrich [13:31]

“I really want you to shift your mindset to think proactively and strategically about your tax situation. And I recognize that sounds obvious, but I used to view, as perhaps some of you may, tax very much to be as something in the rear view mirror.” – Tim Ulbrich [6:30]

“According to a 2023 caring.com survey, two out of three Americans do not have any type of estate planning documents in place, and that makes sense, right? It’s not super fun to be thinking about, but the whole purpose of the estate plan is that we want to have a process to arrange the management of our assets.” – Tim Ulbrich [22:57]

“What we should also be doing practically here is making sure that we check our beneficiaries on our various accounts, and as we have talked about before on the show, updating or implementing a legacy folder, which is an important one stop shop where you have all of our financial documents and information.” – Tim Ulbrich [24:00]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich  00:00

Hey everybody. Tim Ulbrich here and thank you for listening to the YFP podcast, where, each week, we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. This week, on flying solo, to talk about five areas of the financial plan that are often overlooked and undervalued. Now, to be fair, none of these areas are very exciting to think about, especially if you’re focused on more inspiring goals, like investing, making a large purchase, giving or paying down debt, where you can feel the progress, or in the case of something like giving, you can see the impact that that may be having in the area that you’re giving or in your community. But with these five areas, what I’m referring to here are estate planning, the emergency fund, insurance coverage, tax planning and credit that isn’t necessarily the case. And there are instances where, when we are doing well in these individual areas, we might be able to see or reap the benefits of that. But for the most part, this is some of the boring work of the financial plan that we’re really playing defense in several of these cases and making sure that we’ve got that strong base and foundation in place. 

Tim Ulbrich  01:04

So let’s take a closer look at each one of these areas, starting off with number one, which is credit. Now we just talked about credit on the Yfp podcast not too long ago, episode 380 we’ll link to that episode in the show notes, understanding and improving your credit score. And as we said on that show at the time, credit is one of those threads that touches many parts of the financial plan, and having good credit puts you in a position to take calculated risks in the form of leverage that could be buying a home, that could be buying a second property, that could be starting a business and doing so at the lowest cost possible. And fair or not, our financial system rewards those who can take on and pay off credit. And I know many of us were told at one time or another, probably by a parent or a family member, to build your credit. Right? Build your credit. But how much does building your credit and improving your credit actually matter? Well, let’s take it look at one example, if we assume that we have two home buyers, let’s assume one has a credit score that is considered excellent at a 10, and another home buyer has a credit score that’s considered fair score of 640 well that might end up being the difference of a 6% interest rate on a 30 year mortgage, thinking of the excellent credit versus a 7% interest rate on a 30 year mortgage, that would be for the person with the Fair Credit Score. Now, what does that actually mean per month and over the life of the loan? Well, the individual who got the lower interest rate because the better credit would have a monthly payment of about $2,400 per month, principal and interest only, and the individual had fair credit would have a higher monthly payment of a little over 2660 per month, again, principal and interest only. Now, over the course of the life of the loan, over 30 years, that ends up being a total cost of loan of 958,000 approximately principal and interest for the individual with fair credit, versus 863,000 for the individual that had excellent credit, same house, same situation, but two people with different credit scores, which shows a difference of about $260 a month, or $94,000 over the life of the loan.

Now if you start to apply this concept is securing other debt, right? Credit card, car purchase, investment property, starting a business, taking on a loan, et cetera. That cost of credit adds up in the form of less favorable lending terms. And since your credit score is a key metric that will be used by lenders to determine how favorable or not the lending terms are, it’s really important that we understand what goes in to the credit score, because the more we understand about those factors, the more levers we can pull to improve our score. And as we talked about on Episode 380, the top factors that impact your credit include payment history, so making sure we’re making on time payments and credit utilization, so the amount of credit that we’re using each month alongside the maximum amount that we’re given. Those two alone make up about two thirds of their credit score other factors, and would be age of credit history, total number of accounts and the number of hard inquiries on your credit. So again, check out Episode 380 and this is something we encourage you to be looking at your credit score on a regular basis as well as polling your credit report, not the same thing as your credit score, to make sure that there’s no negative marks, derogatory marks on your credit report that you’re not aware of, and so that you can clean those up and evaluate those further if need be. So that’s number one on our list of five overlooked and undervalued areas of the financial plan, all right. 

Number two on our list is tax planning, with the October 15 extension, filing extension deadline officially behind us. The 2023 tax season is over. I know our tax team is excited about that. There’s a couple outliers because of. Some taxpayers in disaster areas are impacted by the hurricanes that are getting additional time for good reason. Now on that note, did you know that with an extension you have until October 15, right? We typically think mid April, but with an extension you have until October 15 to file your individual taxes, and for those that do that, October 15 extension, which is actually very common for many of our clients at wifey tax, we believe in right over rushed. Extending the deadline does not mean that you are not responsible for payments on any tax due. Incredibly important, right? The IRS expects you will make payments on time, and if not, penalties and interest will be assessed. So the October 15 extension is a beautiful thing. If you’re doing good tax planning throughout the year and don’t have a big balance due, as that would occur, incur a penalty and interest if we don’t pay it on time, or the other side of the equation, if you have a big refund coming, while many of us think big refund equals good, in that case, we just delayed now the time of getting that refund and putting those dollars to work. All right, enough about that. But when we think about tax as one of the overlooked and undervalued areas of the financial plan, similar to credit, right? This is a thread that runs throughout many areas of our financial plan, and I really want you to be shifting your mindset to be thinking proactively and strategically about your tax situation. And I recognize that sounds obvious, but I used to view as perhaps some of you may as well tax very much to be as something in the rear view mirror. Right? We file each year by the mid April, or as you learn here, the mid October deadline to meet the IRS requirements and to account for what happened the previous year. And I remember early on, you know, whether you’re using TurboTax or some software to do yourself, you’re working with an accountant, you kind of hold your breath and wait for the news, right? Am I going to get a refund? Am I going to have a certain amount of due? But we probably didn’t pay too much attention throughout the year, and ultimately, what that led to was either several refunds. That was the case for us early on, that we could have been putting those dollars to use elsewhere throughout the year. So when you go to File each year and we’re finally what happened in the previous year, that’s retroactive, right? And want us to shift our thinking, to be more proactive, and so to move our mindset from tax preparation, that’s important. It’s necessary. The IRS says we have to do it. We have to file our taxes, but to think more in the mindset of tax planning, right? A very important distinction of mindset shift so that we can think proactively and how we can optimize our tax strategy. Now I want to challenge you that if you don’t already know your key numbers, things like your effective tax rate, your adjusted gross income, it’s time to get out the IRS Form 1040 we’ll link to a copy in the show notes, and take 10 or 15 minutes to make sure that you understand the terminology and the flow of dollars. Because when we start to understand how the 1040 flows, we understand these terms, we can really begin to have this concept of tax planning come to life adjusted gross income, just as one example, has very important implications on things like student loan payments for those that are doing an income driven repayment plan, as well as certain phase outs on things like child and child care credits, Ira contribution, student loan interest deduction and so much more. Now on Episode 309 of the podcast, our CPA and director of tax, Sean Richards, cover the top 10 tax blunders that pharmacists have made, as we’ve seen through the filing process. So whether someone has a negative net worth or a net worth of several million dollars, I think you’re gonna find some value in that episode if you didn’t already listen to that. These are mistakes like having a surprise bill or refund at filing. And what are the common causes pharmacists that potentially could be employing something like a bunching strategy for their giving and just not aware of that strategy, those that should be thinking about estimated taxes throughout the year and are caught by a surprise after that, not not optimizing things like the HSA or traditional retirement contributions to reduce our taxable income, and an oldie but a goodie, not factoring in public service loan forgiveness when choosing married filing separately or married filing jointly. So again, make sure to check out that episode. Episode 309. Great time of year to be thinking about that as we’re heading into the 2024, tax season. That’s number two on our list of five overlooked and undervalues areas of the financial plan, tax planning. 

Number three on our list is the emergency fund. Now, if you’ve been listening to the podcast for a while, you hear me harping on the emergency fund every once in a while, and because it’s that important, right? Saving for a rainy day, saving for an emergency it’s not easy. It’s not fun. It takes discipline, it takes patience, it takes trust to save for something you can’t yet, see, feel or experience. In the moment, but we all know that it’s not a matter of if, but it’s a matter of when. And so as we’re putting in other key parts of the financial plan, we don’t want something that is likely to happen, although we don’t know exactly what it will be, right, whether it’s a cut in Job hours, whether it’s a health emergency, whatever it might be, we don’t want that to derail our progress in other parts of the financial plan, as I’ve shared before in the show in the not too distant past, Jess and I have had to dip into the emergency fund for an unexpected knee surgery that we had to pay 100% out of pocket because of our health insurance. We had a dislocated elbow for our youngest, a trip to the ER for our oldest, for the busted lip, right? The list can go on. And so life happens. That’s the point, and we want to be ready to be able to incur those expenses. And when it comes to things like health care expenses and unexpected health care expenses, everyone’s insurance is different, right? So we got to look at what is a deductible, what’s the out of pocket Max, and know that we have to have a backstop of our emergency fund at a minimum to cover those things, as well as other emergencies that will come along the way. So this area of the plan is all about peace of mind, as I mentioned, it’s about making sure we’re not derailing other parts of the financial plan. And my experience tells me that when you have an emergency come up, and you have an unexpected expense come up, and we’ve got the funds that are there to handle it, a really important mindset shift happens. It’s not fun to write those checks, but when we’re able to do that, because we plan for it, we go from playing defense to playing offense. We’ve got breathing room, we’ve got margin, and perhaps we can even take some calculated risk in other areas of our financial plan that might have been unthinkable just knowing that we’ve got this backstop, we’ve got this foundation in place. So we’ve talked about the emergency fund at length on the show before. I’m not going to bore you further on this, but we want to be making sure that we’re answering important questions like, Is it adequately funded? Generally speaking, that’s three to six months worth of essential expenses. Everyone’s situation, of course, is different. We need to be answering questions like, do we have too much saved in an emergency fund? Right? There’s value in having a cushion, but having too much of a cushion comes with an opportunity cost, and so have we grown that to a point that we might be able to use some of that for other parts of the financial plan? We need to answer questions like, Are we optimizing our emergency fund? This is not the place that we’re going to take risk necessarily. We want this money to be liquid and accessible and available when we need it, but we also don’t want this sitting in our checking account earning next to nothing, right? So this, this could be in a high yield savings account, money market account, US Treasuries, something that the money is working for us, or at least coming as close as possible to keeping up with inflation. And as I mentioned, you know, with other parts of the financial plan, we want to make sure this isn’t a set it and forget it. So life changes as we progress. Our expenses change over time. And so each year, I would challenge you to look at this once a year to see what is that amount, what’s that target goal when it comes to the emergency fund, and is there a potential boost that is needed to the emergency fund?

Number four on our list is insurance coverage. And there is lots to think about when it comes to insurance, but I want to narrow in on two policies in particular, which would be life insurance and Long Term Disability Insurance. Now life insurance, for obvious reasons, is not fun to think about. Right? Nobody wants to consider what a premature death may look like and how the impact of that would be on their family and on the financial plan.

This is especially important for those that have a spouse, a partner, a significant other, or dependents that are reliant upon your income or partially reliant upon your income. Right? When we think about the purpose of a life insurance policy, one of the main purposes is income protection. So in order to determine how much of a policy we may need, we need to ultimately determine what would be the need if you were to prematurely pass away, and what part of your income that is no longer coming in from work do we need to replace in the form of an insurance policy to be able to achieve various goals that could be paying down a mortgage, that could be investing for the future, that could be saving for kids college, right? What are the things that we would need for this policy to fund lots of work to be done there, and why generic calculations shouldn’t be applied when it comes to things like life insurance. Now there are two main buckets of life insurance. There’s a category of life insurance called permanent insurance. These would be things like whole life insurance policies, universal life insurance policies, variable life insurance policies, variable, universal life insurance policies, right? The alphabet soup of whole whole life and permanent insurance, and then the second bucket is term life insurance. And for the sake of this episode and our time together, I’m going to spend our time there, because I believe that for a majority of folks listening, a term life insurance policy is going to be the way to go. That’s not an absolute. That’s not a. Ice that’s not for everyone, but for many folks, that’s going to be the area of focus. And we’ve got a great resource on this, if you want to nerd out. It’s called the life insurance for pharmacists, our ultimate guide to free resource. We’ll link to that in the show notes. But essentially, with a term life insurance policy, what differs it from a permanent insurance policy it is, is that it is insurance alone. It is not paired with an investment product. 

Another important difference is that with a term life insurance policy, as the name suggests, it lasts for a term or a period that could be 15 years, 2025, or 30 years, and you’re going to pay a monthly premium. And for that monthly premium you’re gonna have a set amount that that policy would pay out could be a half million dollars, $1,000,000.02 million dollars, whatever you decide is the need in the event of your death, and once that policy is period is complete, once that term is over, if you’re no longer needing that policy, meaning that you’ve survived or outlived that policy, which is good news, right? There’s no dollars that are coming back to you. So the premiums you’ve been paying each and every month, let’s say you pay 40 bucks a month for a million dollar term life policy over a 20 year period. At the end of 20 years, if we don’t have to enact or use the policy, that’s it. The policy is over. None of those premium dollars are coming back to you, which is the point that is typically used when folks are selling permanent insurance policies that are like, why would you want that money just to go down the drain again? Check out our article life insurance pharmacist, The Ultimate Guide for a more in depth discussion of the different aspects of these policies. This, in my opinion, for most folks listening, why term life insurance coverage is the focus is because this is really meant to be catastrophic coverage, keeping our costs low, so we can use those dollars elsewhere in the financial plan, typically permanent and child policies are much more expensive, typically carry some fees on the investments may not necessarily perform as well as we could invest the dollars on our own, or we’re in working with a professional so with term life insurance, assuming someone is healthy, very much dependent on medical conditions and age of that individual in terms of how much that policy will be, as well as the term or length, but relatively inexpensive for most folks, and is going to allow us to put our cash and dollars to use elsewhere in the financial plan. That’s just a couple key nuggets when it comes to something like life insurance. Now, with long term Disability insurance, one of the greatest assets that you have as a pharmacist is your ability to generate an income. Right?

Think about how long it took you to be able to get that point of becoming licensed, to be able to earn that six figure plus income. And so the focus of long term disability is what would happen in the event that you were unable to earn that income. Now we address the death scenario in something like a term life policy. Here we’re talking about could be a disability, like a chronic medical condition, rheumatoid arthritis, some other condition that would prevent someone from working or working in their position, or it could be something like a car accident, right? Not likely, but these are things that we need to protect if that were to happen, what is the plan to be able to replace your income that you’re earning while you’re able to work as a pharmacist? That’s the purpose of disability insurance. Again, we’ve got a great resource here, disability insurance for pharmacists, The Ultimate Guide. We’ll link to that in the show notes. Lots to think about in terms of how much coverage you might need, the different terms like elimination periods of time, what’s the length of the policy, the potential costs, these are typically more expensive than term life insurance policy.

So make sure to check out that resource from Yfp that we published disability insurance for pharmacists, The Ultimate Guide. We’ll link to both of those in the short show notes. Now, when it comes to purchasing term life insurance and disability insurance, there are a lot of factors to consider. This is one of the reasons why our planning team spends time with our clients individually, going through these policies to make sure they’re customized to the individual. Things like, what’s the goal or the purpose? What are we trying to accomplish with these policies? What employer coverage Do you already have in place, and do we need additional coverage? What are the tax differences between an employer policy that pays out versus a policy on your own? And then, of course, everyone’s situation is different, right? What’s your household income? Is there one income two incomes in the household? What are their goals? What reserves do you have? What expenses are we trying to replace? All these things are going to help us determine what policy is needed, and then from there, we can look to make a purchasing decision that aligns. So that’s number four on our list when it comes to insurance. 

Number five, our final of our five overlooked and undervalued areas of the financial plan is the estate plan. Now if you’re listening and you realize that you’ve got some work to do in getting your estate planning documents in place. Know that you aren’t alone. According to a 2023 caring.com survey, we’ll link to that in the show notes, two out of three Americans do not have any type of estate planning documents in place, and that makes sense, right? Just like we’ve been talking about some of these other areas. Nine. Not super fun to be thinking about, but the whole purpose of the estate plan is that we want to have a process to arrange the management of our assets. The management of our property decisions around dependents could be decisions around child care or assets that are going to dependents or others, and in the case of our health, if we were to become, let’s say, incapacitated. Who’s making healthcare decisions? What are those decisions that we want to have made, and making those from a viewpoint in which we’re able to think about those with a clear mind? So that’s the estate planning process in a nutshell, and especially for those that have dependents and have beneficiaries, these are documents that we want to have in place, and just like we talked about with the emergency fund, this is not a set it and forget it. So yes, there’s some upfront work to be done here, from some upfront costs, typically, as well, to do these documents and do them well with a consultation from an estate planning attorney as well as hopefully working with a financial planner. But things change right? Things evolve over time, and we want to make sure that we have a process to update these documents along the way. So the objective with estate planning, yes, it’s peace of mind, right, knowing that we’ve got plans in place for our family, for our assets, for the stuff, for our health care and the decisions that are being made, but as folks accrue assets over time, there are also some tax planning considerations when we think about the transfer of assets that are really important to be considering along the way as well. So practically speaking, what do we need to do here? Well, check out Episode 310, of the podcast, if you didn’t already catch it, where Tim and I talked about dusting off your estate plan. We’ll link to that in the show notes. These are important documents, like wills and living trusts, advanced medical directives, durable powers of attorney.

And at YFP, our financial planning team is are working with clients, one on one to put a framework in place for what are the estate planning needs, and then working with a solution that relies on estate planning attorneys and legal advice to make sure that those are being executed appropriately for the state in which that individual lives. What we should also be doing practically here is making sure that we check our beneficiaries on our various accounts, and as we have talked about before on the show, updating or implementing if you don’t already have one, a legacy folder, right, which is an important one stop shop where we have all of our financial documents and information in place at our house. We call this the blue folder. Much of it is electronic now, but the original version was a hard copy blue folder. Some of it resides electronically. Some of it resides in our safe but it’s the one stop shop that we know that if Jess and I were in a situation where we weren’t able to access that information or communicate that that our family knows where that information is, like our state planning documents, important insurance policies, tax returns, our various investment accounts, all the information that would be needed to make some decisions along the way. We’ve got a checklist resource here if you want to develop your own legacy folder, you can go to your financial pharmacist.com, forward slash legacy and begin to implement that in your own financial plan. Well, there you have it. Those are five overlooked and undervalued areas of the financial plan. A lot of information and things to be thinking about. These are all areas of the financial plan that our team of certified financial planners are working one on one with our financial planning clients as well as our tax planning clients at Yfp tax and so if you’re interested in learning more about what those comprehensive financial planning and tax planning services look like, we’d love to have an opportunity to talk with you further to learn more about your situation. You can learn more about our services and determine, ultimately, whether or not there’s a good fit there, you can book a free discovery call by going to your financial pharmacist.com, you’ll see at the top of the home page an option to book that call. Thanks so much for listening. Hope you enjoyed this week’s episode. Have a great rest of your week. 

[DISCLAIMER]

As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only, and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. Furthermore, the information contained in our archive, newsletters, blog posts and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyzes expressed herein are solely those of your financial pharmacists, unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates published such information may contain forward looking statements which are not intended to be guarantees of future events, actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer.

Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 382: Living & Leaving a Legacy with Joe Baker


Joe Baker, personal finance instructor, returns for inspiring conversation about purposeful living, the power of mentorship, and the enduring impact of a life well-lived.

Episode Summary

In this episode, we welcome back Joe Baker, MBA for his third appearance on the show. Joe first joined us in 2019 with his former student Blake Johnson, where they shared the inspiring story of their debt-free journey, highlighting the pivotal role Joe played in Blake’s success. In 2020, Joe returned to discuss his book, Baker’s Dirty Dozen Principles for Financial Independence, sharing his expert insights on achieving financial freedom.

This time, we’re shifting focus to explore the themes of living and leaving a legacy. Joe opens up about the lasting impact he hopes to make through his teaching, his book co-authored with his daughter, Lindsey, and his dedication to giving back. He shares the story behind his two endowed scholarships, demonstrating his commitment to supporting and uplifting his community. 

Join us for an inspiring conversation about purposeful living, the power of mentorship, and the enduring impact of a life well-lived.

About Today’s Guest

Joe Baker is an instructor at the University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences College of Pharmacy, where he has been teaching personal finance for over twenty-five years. He holds a Bachelor of Business Administration from Southern Arkansas University and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Central Arkansas. Joe retired in 2019 from Pharmacists Mutual Company, where he spent twenty-eight years providing insurance and financial services to pharmacists across Arkansas.

As part of his commitment to giving back to the community, Joe has endowed two scholarships. The first supports students from his hometown of Emerson, Arkansas, who are enrolled at Southern Arkansas University. The second scholarship benefits students at the University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences College of Pharmacy who attended Southern Arkansas University.

Joe has been a guest speaker for academic and corporate groups nationwide, promoting financial literacy. Most recently, he co-authored a book on personal finance with his daughter, Lindsey Baker, titled Baker’s Dirty Dozen Principles for Financial Independence. Published in December 2020, the book is filled with humor and stories from contributors, offering a lively and engaging introduction to personal finance. It was ranked the #1 book by “Financial Education For Everybody,” a partner of Amazon, in their Financial Literature Category, and was also recognized by GoBankingRates.com as one of the “10 Financial Books That Will Change Your Life (and Finances).”

Joe and his wife Brenda reside in Little Rock, Arkansas.

Key Points from the Episode

  • Joe Baker’s Introduction and Background [0:00]
  • Joe’s Career in Pharmacy and Teaching [5:23]
  • Impact of Financial Education and Personal Stories [9:03]
  • Teaching Methods and Student Engagement [21:33]
  • Writing and Publishing “Baker’s Dirty Dozen Principles for Financial Independence” [30:10]
  • Philanthropic Giving and Endowed Scholarships [37:44]
  • Final Thoughts and Encouragement [46:10]

Episode Highlights

“I didn’t even make six figures until I was 47 years old, and became debt free by age 50. And it’s amazing the money you can accumulate when you’re debt free. Then I became a millionaire, and then doubled that in just a few short years. And I don’t say that to brag. I just tell people I got a late start.” Joe Baker [4:06]

“It’s not how much you make, it’s how much you keep, but then I added to it, it’s not how much you keep, but it’s how much you give away.” Joe Baker [42:01]

“Giving back does not have to be a monetary situation. It could be being the best father, being the best husband, giving in those respects. It could be at your place of worship, giving of your time, your efforts, your leadership, your mentors. It doesn’t have to be financial. It can be any of those ways. It will make you feel good and it’ll be a win-win.” Joe Baker [45:41]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich  00:00

Hey everybody. Tim Ulbrich here and thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast, where each week, we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. This week, I welcome Joe Baker for his third appearance on the show. Joe first joined us in 2019 alongside his former student, Blake Johnson, where they shared an inspiring, Debt Free Journey that highlighted the incredible impact Joe had on Blake’s journey. Then, in 2020 Joe returned to discuss his book, Baker’s Dirty Dozen principles for Financial Independence. In this episode, we’re taking a new direction, focusing on the themes of living and leaving a legacy. Specifically, we discussed the profound legacy Joe is creating through his teaching, his book written alongside his daughter, Lindsey, and his philanthropic efforts, including endowing two scholarships that give back to his community. All right, let’s jump into my interview on living and leaving a legacy with Joe Baker. Joe, welcome to the show.

Joe Baker  00:54

Thank you, Tim.

Tim Ulbrich  00:56

This episode, I don’t know if you know this, this episode of officially makes you a three time guest on the YFP podcast. So we’re so glad to have you back.

Joe Baker  01:04

Nice. Great to be back.

Tim Ulbrich  01:06

So we’ll give our listeners some quick history. We had you first on back in 2019 along with a former student of yours, and you may remember Blake Johnson. This was on episode 82 Blake shared his Debt Free Journey and the impact that you had on his journey, which I think fits nicely into the topic of living and leaving a legacy today, and how you have taught and helped others. And then we had you back on Episode 177 when you launched your book Baker’s Dirty Dozen: Principles for Financial Independence. We’ll link to both of those episodes in the show notes. But Joe, for those that maybe didn’t catch those episodes and don’t know who Joe is. Give us a brief introduction.

Joe Baker  01:42

Okay, well, sounds good. I was actually raised in a very low class family down on the Arkansas, Louisiana line. And for those that don’t know me, I’ve told the story many times. We didn’t even have an indoor toilet till I was nine years old. So a lot of people just can’t even imagine that. So my financial journey had not really started then and I tell everyone, my financial journey didn’t really start until I was 30 years old. That’s when I got married and ended up marrying a math teacher who exposed me to the time value of money, and it was just like a light bulb went off. I said, Wow, I was even, even though I was a business major. I said, I did not know this.

Tim Ulbrich  02:31

How’s that for a wedding gift, by the way?

Joe Baker  02:33

You know, I came into the situation kind of like in the movie, Oh Brother, Where Art Thou? You know, I didn’t have much to offer, but she saw that I was bonafide and I had something to give. I had a TV and a VCR. You can Google that, Tim, and a bed without a headboard. So I came in and with a little credit card debt. So I was quite a catch financially, but there, there was potential there, and I was bonafide, and by knowing or seeing the time value of money, it was just like a light bulb went off, as I said earlier, and I said, I’m already starting in my 30s, and that’s why, when I’m teaching or speaking to groups, I said, don’t worry if you’re in your 30s or even in your 40s. Yes, you have to catch up, but you can make a difference financially. You know, I’ve outlined this in my book, and I’m pretty much an open book when I tell my story, I didn’t even make six figures until I was 47 years old, and became debt free by age 50. And it’s amazing, the money you can accumulate when you’re debt free and and obviously became a millionaire, and then doubled that in just a few short years. And I don’t say that to brag. I just tell people I’ve got, I got a late start. And I to my pharmacy audience, the students especially, I say, you know, you’re, you’re starting off making six figures, whereas I was at 47 so you know, it’s a great story to tell because of my background from day one, when I was born. So but that’s my financial journey and and everything that I’ve lived since birth is is been able to relate to people out there about, yes, you can do this. You know, if I could do it, is even though it was a little later than I wanted to but you can as well. 

Joe Baker  04:13

You shared with me once before, Joe, I don’t know if you remember this, but you said to me, quote, my biggest financial accomplishment came from marrying a high school math teacher.

Joe Baker  04:57

I did not know I told you that, but that. Is the truth. It’s amazing. I think that’s chapter two in my book. Make sure you and your significant other are on the same financial page. And that is so true. You know, of all the financial decisions out there, you know, marrying someone that that makes a world of difference. 

Tim Ulbrich  05:23

So you have a strong connection to the profession. Not not a pharmacist yourself, but you’ve been involved in the profession for many years. Tell our listeners more about your background and career that’s connected you to the profession of pharmacy.

Joe Baker  05:35

I really got introduced to pharmacy in 1991 when I went to work for Pharmacist Mutual Insurance, and I worked for them for 28 years as the Arkansas rep, and I tell you, the Arkansas pharmacist and pharmacists across the country that I’ve gotten to know the best class of people, I have just enjoyed it. I miss the day to day being with them, and I can’t imagine my life right now not being involved some way with pharmacy or or pharmacy students. So did that for 28 years, retired in 2019 but I have been teaching at University of Arkansas, College of Pharmacy for 25 years, a personal finance elective, and started that in the fall of 99 and that’s another thing I say each semester. I said, I don’t know if I can keep doing this. And that first day, if not, the first thing, second day, I said, this is great. I love it. And you’ve talked you know what it’s like? You get that immediate feedback. They’re like sponges, and that is part of my I know the topic today is giving back. Giving back is so easy for me in this respect, because it’s for selfish reasons. I feel good. I feel sometimes like I’m an entertainer on a cruise ship, because you never know what’s coming up. You’re interacting with the audience and, and I like to tell stories and and they laugh a lot, not because of the grade, but because we’re having a good time in there. And and try to make it fun So, and that’s what I tell the students. I said, you know, there’s no reason why we can’t make this fun. It is about money. But been doing that, and I did do for about four years at Harding, College of Pharmacy. That’s the other university in the state, but, but the drive was pretty tough to go back and forth there. But also speak to groups across the country and and I have two presentations. One is with Pharmacist Mutual. They still contract with me, or in a contract with them, to do risk management talks. Whenever I do a risk management talk, I try to talk the school into it. Let me do a financial talk as well. Dovetail it in together. And sometimes I go and just do the financial talk, and sometimes I do the just risk management talk, but I always try to give, if it’s a risk management only, some financial information, and by the way, I always ask two questions whenever I’m before any audience. One, have you ever heard of Pharmacist Mutual Insurance. And two, have you ever heard ofYour Financial Pharmacist? And I do that because there’s no other organization that I know that does what you guys do, and it makes my job a little bit easier for to bring home some points about finances, and that’s what I’ve been doing since retirement. I don’t I’m not making a whole lot of money, if any, in retirement, but I sure am having a blast. It has been fun to get with the pharmacy students on the road and teaching them in class. They’re just, they’re just a hoot.

Tim Ulbrich  08:59

Yeah, yeah, having a blast and having a massive impact. You know, you mentioned Hey for selfish reasons, and I know what you’re referring to, that feeling when you’re with a group and you see some of the light bulbs go off, the connections start to be made. People start to make some pivots and decisions, and momentum is built. And, you know, look, look no further than episode 82 where you and Blake were talking about his journey becoming debt free, the impact you had on his journey. And look at the great things Blake is doing in his own financial plan that allowed him, not not only through getting debt free, but allowed him to propel into real estate investing and be on a path towards financial independence and giving, I mean, talk about generational impact, and obviously his continuation of that with his family as well. So that’s one example. I know you’ve had a profound impact on Blair Thielemeyer. We’ve had her on the show several times, and hundreds and hundreds of others that I’ve never had the opportunity to interact with. So we’re going to get more into that in a little bit. I want to ask you, though, Joe, you may remember this moment back in 2019. You and I were sitting next to each other at FinCon, which is a conference for basically, financial nerds, right, bloggers and podcasters and authors, and you and I were sitting at a keynote next to each other, and the keynote was being delivered by Ramit Sethi. And Ramit Sethi, for those that know is as the author of the book, I Will Teach You To Be Rich. And at the time you you had your book, I think, in an early draft form, if I remember right. And from that keynote, you’re like, wait a minute, I need to pivot and rewrite chapter one. What jumped out to during that keynote that shifted your thinking, especially given that you had been down this road before, like there was something that really jumped off the page here in that moment. 

Joe Baker  10:43

Oh, it was. As they say, it was an aha moment. And it was because I was, I had the early draft going of my book, and it was going to be, I don’t say, pretty typical of other financial books or personal finance books, but it was along the line of, don’t do this, don’t do this, don’t do this. You know, if you, if you buy a Starbucks latte every day, instead of putting up money, you’re gonna this is gonna cost you that. Don’t do that, don’t do this. And it was pretty negative. And when, when Sethi said, you know, if you want to go out there, and I’m paraphrasing, but it’s pretty close, if you want to go out there and have a latte, have a latte.And a light bulb just went off, and I don’t know if you remember, I turned to you and I said, I have just changed the focus of several chapters in my book. I went from telling people don’t do this, don’t do that, but do what you want, but they are opportunity costs. Consequences for it. Whatever you do is like my Pappy used to always say, he says, Whatever floats your boat. He would say that all the time, and that’s what it is here. If you want to buy a new vehicle, that’s fine, but let’s look at the opportunity cost. Go in it with an open eye, because his brother, Dave Ramsey says, there, you know, the depreciation all that. But don’t be so focused on the negative. I can’t do this, I can’t do this, can’t do that. But I love Paula Pants said one time, says you can afford anything, you just can’t afford everything. And I love that quote, and I have used it from time to time, and that is so true, because you’re out there and you’re focused on things to buy and not buy, and that’s what I did in my book. And also in class, I’m I’m telling them, actually, I show them, I say, Well, if you don’t spend your money here, let’s look at the opportunity cost, and let’s go over here and see what that money can be spent for somewhere else. I’m not telling you what to spend the money on. It’s like my sister and brother in law, and hopefully they won’t hear this podcast, but they in 34 years, they’ve owned 31 new vehicles purchased, and there’s an opportunity cost there. Now they make plenty of money, and that’s there’s no problem, and they’re happy. They enjoy it, as my pappy says, Whatever floats your boat. So they’re okay with that, and I’m okay with it too, but there is an opportunity cost by buying new vehicles all the time, and they understand that. But who am I to tell someone they can or cannot buy something. I just want to point out the ramifications if you’re if you’re doing that and and it has been so ingrained in my mind I can afford just about anything, not everything, but just about anything. But I am so, still so stingy with money. It irks me when I spend any money, and that’s just because many years of being dogmatic and the way we spend money, but, but that’s okay,

Tim Ulbrich  14:12

And the concept of that keynote, which has stuck with me forever since we heard it as well, was, was what he was referring to there, he calls in his book money dials. You know, so find the things that actually matter to you in the financial plan. Not other people, but matter to you, and dial those up. Make make them a priority, but for the things that you don’t really care about, like, stop spending money on those things, right? His example that he gives is, for him, it’s convenience. Like he’s all about convenience and technology and investing in those but, you know, he lives in an apartment in New York City. He’s not focused on a car. Cars don’t really matter to him. Like, to your point, everyone’s out there to define what what those are, but there’s an opportunity cost, and there’s an opportunity cost on both sides. You know, this is something that. Has stayed with me since reading Die with Zero by Bill Perkins, that you know, there also is an opportunity cost of potentially over saving. Now, what does that mean? And what does that exactly look like? Obviously, that’s where we start to get in the details. But there’s a balance between today and tomorrow, and I think that’s what he was really getting at in that keynote. And as you articulated well so many books, it’s cut this. Cut that if you don’t go by the latte, and you compound it over 35 years, it could have been X 1000s of dollars. Well, of course, right? But the point he’s making is that for some people, they really enjoy the experience of the latte. So be it. For other people, they could care less. So stop sending money on the latte and direct it elsewhere. So yeah, that was a great moment. And I remember you revising the manuscript and then sending it to me, by the way, in a paper copy in a manila folder? 

Joe Baker  15:47

Old school.

Tim Ulbrich  15:51

All right, so I want to talk about three areas around living and leaving a legacy that I think you just have role modeled incredibly well. And are three areas that I desire to follow in your path as well. And those three areas relate to living and leaving a legacy and teaching others. We’ll talk about that a little bit more. In the book that you wrote that will continue to endure and help others into the future, and then also through some of the philanthropic giving that you’ve done through some scholarships and other parts. So let’s take each one of those, one by one when it comes to teaching. You mentioned this a little bit in your introduction. You’ve been teaching personal finance since 1999 so going on 25 years now, which is incredible. What got you started in that journey when you began to teach? And obviously that would grow and evolve over time, but what was the initial step into saying, Hey, I feel like I’m at a place where not only can I implement this in my own financial plan, but I really feel like I can help others, especially others that are just getting started. 

Joe Baker  16:52

That’s a good question. You know, I was once a high school teacher, and I enjoyed it so much for the same reasons, and I would have been in an education even as of today if one of Chris, a friend of mine, who was Secretary of State of Arkansas, ran for Congress, and he asked me to work in his campaign. So I quit that job and and as strange as it goes, we lost in the runoff by two percentage points. So it changed everything, because I’d have been in Washington and all that, who knows, political junkie but, but because of the loss, gravitated out of that. But working at Pharmacist Mutual, I said, you know, there’s still something that I’d like to do, education wise, because when I was with with them, when I’d go out and work with pharmacists, I was always trying to teach. That was my idea of sales. You know, let me just teach you what some of the exposures are, and we’ll see if we can work out a solution for that. And then one time, I was at a registration at the University of Arkansas, College of Pharmacy, and I was just speaking with the dean, and the assistant dean told them about my love of teaching. And I don’t know who came up with it first, but someone said our students are making a lot of money when they get out back then, and, you know, late 90s, it was like 45,000 and they said, you know, they’re they really need some financial guidance. And I said, Well, let me see if I can put together something and, and that’s where we are today, after 25 years. And I will say it is the most popular elective, and I won’t say that’s because of me, but because of the material, because most people are not exposed to some of these tenants that we know in financial terms, like time, value, money, opportunity costs, Roth IRA, mutual funds, ETFs and all those things. And it has, it has just been a blessing to be able to teach the students. You mentioned Blake Johnson. You know, you never know this is almost like an evangelical feel to it. When you’re teaching about personal finance, you don’t know whose life you’re touching, you know, I didn’t even know you mentioned Blair earlier. I didn’t even know that I had any influence at all. Believe it or not, she was pretty quiet in class. But with Blake, you know, today, he’s not only highly financially successful in his own right, and I think he’s 36 maybe, but he is doing basically the same thing as being a facilitator at his church with Dave Ramsey’s course. So I look at that and say, you know, I like to think that I had something to do with that. And. So I see that and I and it gives me the feedback. You know, at least, I think I’m doing something good. And so forgot the actual question there, but, but that is part of my giving back is teaching. Obviously, I wouldn’t do it if, if it didn’t make me feel good, and, and a lot of this giving, and I’ll just say it right up front, Doctor House on the TV show House MD, I don’t know if you remember, he was pretty cynical. He made a statement one time. And I’ll paraphrase all  this giving and and helping others is just selfish in nature, or something like that. And I said, Well, that’s probably true, and it is true that it does make me feel good. If I set up a scholarship or teach or hand out a Starbucks card to somebody that’s doing great work that, you know, just some recognition, it does make me feel good. But why can’t there be a 50/50, win-win. You’re helping someone else. You’re helping yourself by feeling good. So, you know, what’s the downside here?

Tim Ulbrich  21:07

Yeah, I think both things can be true. I feel the same way, right? There can be an intrinsic value, you know? I think that’s probably a part of how we were wired and designed. But that can also have a benefit and impact on others that continue on to others as well. And I think that’s one of the cool things. As you share your story, when someone like Blair reaches out and references you as having an impact, you’re like, I had no idea, right, right? And you know, how many other students, how many students do you think you’ve reached and taught across those courses?

Joe Baker  21:36

Well, most years I’ve been teaching both semesters, and I kept up with it for a while. My classes are anywhere from 40 to 70 students. Most years were two semesters, and then you have hard I have no idea. But you know, if I only had three in a class, I would still teach the class, because I would feel that those three really want to be there. And if I can impact one person, whether it’s teaching a class or speaking at a conference, or just going on just any, any type of program, or just sitting down showing someone some of the numbers that I think it’s a job well done. Joe,

Tim Ulbrich  22:32

do you have a favorite activity within the course that you feel like really helps the students make a connection to a particular topic?

Joe Baker  22:39

Good question, and I use this when I’m speaking on their so called final exam. I don’t really give exams. I say, you know, attendance is crucial. That’s your grade, but your your lifetime, is your final exam. And and I don’t have to worry about you know, students being absent, because I say, any day that you’re missing could be worth a million dollars, and that usually has their attention. But on their official or unofficial final exam, I have them do one project. I say, Okay, you’re you’re p3 you’re graduating next year, in little over a year, you’re going to do what I’m about to tell you on this final exam. I give them a scenario. I say you’re making 120,000 a year with certain parameters. And it’s a a 401K practicum, okay? And I say, let’s go through this. You pick out how much you’re going to put into your 401 K, your contributions, the typical matching from your employer. Then you pick out whatever funds you want. I give them a selection, just like you would if you had a 401 K, enrollment at your employer. And then I say, okay, get that amount. We’re going to determine what your rate return would be. And I give them a little chart here. If you’re 75% stocks, you’re probably going to make eight to 9% but then I get all that information, and then I show I have them a financial calculator website, which I think you’ve seen. And I say, Okay, go through here and you tell me what you put in all this information, your age, how much you’re contributing, your rate of return, hypothetically you’re matching, and tell me what you’re going to have at age 60. And it is, it is an eye opener for them. And then I say, it’s, I said, this is open book, open neighbor. You talk to your neighbors, because if you’re doing an actual enrollment, you’re going to be asking for your co workers opinion, yeah, and they, I had one student said, yes, if I could just started one year earlier, I’d have an extra $2 million Dollars. And I said, mission accomplished, because all those are contributing factors as far as what you’re going to have one day. But I will say this, I have changed that somewhat. This last semester, I instituted something a little different. I say, Okay, you say, I can’t envision being at 60 or 65 and retiring. Why do I need to save all this money for something that I may not live to see, I may not be physically able to enjoy it? I said, Okay, well, fair enough that is, that’s a very fair question, because I am 69 as I stated earlier, half of my friends, relatives and acquaintances, I would say, are either gone or they’re not physically able to travel or do anything else. Now I said, I understand that, so let’s use time value of money and do something a little different. And this is probably off the subject today, but, but I think it’s significant. I said, Okay, we’re thinking that. Let’s just see if we can’t what would happen if we maxed out on your 401, K for just say, 10 years, 26 to 36 just like, kind of like what we did an example before, and then at age 36 after 10 years, then turn around and only contribute equal to your employer, match and see what it comes up to. And it’s still millions of dollars. And I said, you know, you’ve got all that extra money now, if you just sacrifice a little bit for 10 years. And then, yeah, I mean, it is, and we do that, I’m going to do that exercise now, because I know in a lot of their minds, it says, I don’t know if I just want to sacrifice my whole life. Yeah, and that is fair enough. And now that I’m at this age, I am seeing it where people have stayed up their whole life and what do they have it’s not able to enjoy it. So let’s, let’s use the time value of money and do something a little different. So anyway, that’s I’ve changed my MO a little bit, even in my talks, I’m using that as an example. I say, okay, you know, if you don’t want to do that your whole life, let’s, let’s do something else. 

Tim Ulbrich  27:31

I think what you’re doing there, and I’m sure you’ve made this connection, is it’s an actual representation of what you shifted in your book with chapter one that we just talked about, right? It’s this balance we talk about so often on the show, between, hey, yes, we’ve got to save for the future. We want to be ready and prepared. We don’t want to be caught off guard, right? But we also got to figure out a way to enjoy and live a rich life today. Both things can be true and but both can be done if we’re planning advance. And Joe, there’s actually a name for this now called Coast fi. Coast FI, standing for financial independence. It’s a sub, it’s a subset of the FIRE movement. And the idea, the idea is aggressive savings early for a defined period of time, and then you’re coasting

Joe Baker  28:16

Just when I thought I’d come up with something new. I know. 

Tim Ulbrich  28:19

I did this unintentionally, actually, where I don’t know if I shared this with you before, but early in my academic career, just by nature of academic positions, you’re typically forced a large contribution in. So like when I was at my first university, I think we had to put in. It was like 13 or 14% it was a forced contribution, because we didn’t pay into Social Security and we were part of the state retirement plan, but they matched something crazy, 11 and a half, 12% so my hand was forced at a time where, admittedly, when I had other priorities, goals just getting started, like I don’t think I would have probably contributed At that same value, and then come 15 years later, when I left that work to work on the business. And obviously then that kind of shifts cash flow and everything is we’re getting started with the business. I kind of did that Coast fi without realizing and so I can attest it. It works. I mean, the math works out, and it’s early savings, and it’s time value of money. And so I think there is different models out there in which we can achieve this balance. Right? Balance. So I love that you’re you’re reframing that activity, and I think for your students, I’m guessing maybe one of the things that comes up is, hey, Joe, this is great. We’re going to make a good income. I get that, but Dot. Dot. Dot. We’re going to have $170,000 in student loans. Have you looked at home prices recently and interest rates? Right? There’s all these competing pressures that are out there. But I think the point that you’re highlighting so well and helping them see the numbers come to life is this isn’t massive savings rates we’re talking about, especially if you’re doing it consistently throughout your career. We’re not talking about living off of rice and beans for the rest of your career. Yeah. I mean, it really even at a 10 to 15 to 20% contribution rate consistently over your career, like the math is going to work out time, value of money. So great stuff that you’re doing there. Let’s shift gears and talk about the book. So the legacy and impact that you’ve had in writing your book, Baker’s Dirty Dozen Principles for Financial Independence. We’ll link it to that in the show notes, people can pick up a copy at bakersdirtydozen.com, or on Amazon. You wrote this book with your daughter, Lindsay Jordan Baker, talk to us about the reason for writing the book. You’ve been teaching for a period of time now, almost 20 years, and you finally get this point say, You know what, I think I’m gonna write a book. What was the reason for wanting to put the book together?

Joe Baker  30:41

For those 20 years, I’d had students and former students says, you know, because I tell a lot of stories in class, it’s kind of like Jesus, you know, used to tell stories that way you could remember them. Jesus and I’m, I’m referencing him. We’re just like that. But, but my stories aren’t in parables. I like to think that they know exactly what I’m saying, but I like to tell stories, and whenever I have former students that come back, they’ll say a couple of things. They’ll say, Yeah, I remember that story you told about golfing and hitting somebody, and made the financial point with that, then they’ll say something, or a lot of them would say, you should write a book, put that in there. And I, you know, I thought about, you know, that is just as a lot of work. I didn’t really explore it. And I remember where I was, and it involved you. I was, I was at the physical therapist, and she was working on my knee. I had fallen on Masada in Israel, and read my patella tendon. And it was after surgery, and she was working on my knee, and I got this text, and I don’t even know why I had my phone. I looked at I said, Hey, look at this Tim for Your Financial Pharmacist and you don’t know is wanting me to write a book. And I said, Okay, I might just do that. And, and that was because of you. So thank you for that.

Tim Ulbrich  32:17

Sounds like it was planned for a while. 

Joe Baker  32:18

It was, it was, and so I did that, but it was a long process. And how Lindsay, my daughter, got involved. She is, I mean, she’s off the creative chart. She knows how to write. She was my chat GPT before Chat GPT, I mean, I’d run everything by her and and so one particular Christmas she was home, she’s been an educator for most of her young adult life. And she said, Dad, why don’t you let me read your manuscript? Because it was about ready to go to the publisher. And I said, Yeah, okay, you can help me out. And she’s and and I said, Well, honey, why do you want to do it? Just to help? She says, No, I know you’re putting a lot of stories in there, and I want to make sure they’re, they’re politically correct. And she would go through them, and she’d she would laugh a lot, but she said, that’s funny, dad, but you can’t use it, so it’s out of here. And then she would say, okay, you know, I don’t understand this particular section, like, if it Roth IRA or whatever. And I said, Well, you know, I’m writing this for your your age group – you don’t understand it? She Says, I’m sorry. I don’t understand it. So we would go back and forth. I would explain it to her, then she explained it back to me, until we got it right and literally. And I don’t use literally too often, but we went paragraph by paragraph, and she went through the whole book with me and and she just, she changed so much that I had to list her as a co author, and it was just, it was an amazing transformation. And I will say, because of that, she had a mostly educational background, and I probably didn’t do a good enough job teaching about money and plus, parents have trouble or student, not students, but children have trouble really digesting anything from parents. It’s hard for that to work, but by her reading and understanding all that, it changed her financial life. I’d love you know, I can’t even keep up with how much she accumulated on her Roth IRA with her 403 B through work, through the years. She told me just yesterday, it was just crazy how much money she has accumulated and and I think it has, well, I don’t think I know it has a lot to do with the book and how she edited it, and she learned a lot. I. Because of that. So back to your question, the book is, I use the book a couple of ways, obviously, in class, but I also use it as a gift. I probably give away more books than I than I sell, I don’t know, but whenever I’m speaking, I use this door prizes, and it’s very well received, and it is. It’s opened a lot of doors. It gives somewhat of credibility. Someone they told me, once that’s what books will do, and it has been a good conversation piece. And like, one of the things I like to do is my my alma mater is sponsor, like a table for some students. And whenever I do that, like I’m going to be doing in a couple of weeks, I always bring a copy of my book and give it to each of them, and with a little inscription in there. So, you know, I don’t know how many lives it’s touched, but if it’s touched one life, it’s been worth it.

Tim Ulbrich  36:07

Yeah, absolutely. And one thing I love about the book is that the stories really make the content come to life, right? Makes it memorable, helps it stick throughout the book, you’ve got sections where it’s this is the short and sweet, your takeaway, or the nitty gritty on the topic, or your certain choice or recommendation in a given area. So I think it’s written in a way that really is engaging. Helps the material come to life. It sticks. I hope people pick up a copy again, Amazon or bakersdirtydozen.com It was ranked number one book on financial education for everybody by a partner from Amazon and their financial literature category also recognized by gobankingrates.com, is one of the 10 financial books that will change your life. So, great work, Joe.

Joe Baker  36:49

And it was a joy, because a little bit plug for the contributors, I have, think 33 contributors, I just, you know, send out text or email. Say if you’ve got a financial story to tell, especially if it’s funny, send it to me, because, like I said about stories, they resonate with people. If you can tell a story with a financial principle, you remember that and and so I do have a lot of contributors there that have helped me with the stories in the book and and it was fun to compile it. I didn’t want it to be just a book of principles. I wanted a story to go with it as well.

Tim Ulbrich  37:38

So we talked about living and leaving a legacy through your teaching, through the book, both both you and I need neither one of those. The motivation is money. And the third area that I want to talk about is really giving of money and how that has become a part of your financial plan, why that’s become a part of your financial plan? So tell us about your philanthropic giving. I know you’ve endowed a couple scholarships, which is a big deal. I presume you’ve been involved locally as well, in your community, in your church. Tell us more about your giving strategy and how you’ve landed on the areas that you’ve made giving a priority.

Joe Baker  38:13

Okay, it was another aha moment, but back, I think it was in 2016 2016 it was about five years before I retired from Pharmacist Mutual. I was coming back from a different Israel trip, and I’m sitting at the airport. You know, when you get back into a country, you’re catching up all your work emails and all that. And I had an email from my employer, Pharmacist Mutual, That stated, or said, we are no longer going to give arbitrarily, just a scholarships, $1,000 scholarship, to every pharmacy school in the country. We’re going to do something different. I was devastated. I said, Oh my gosh. Because you know, when you take away from something or an institution, it is a negative fact. And the guy sitting next to me, he’s a travel buddy, and I’ve known him through church, and he’s 25 years my junior, and he’s sitting there, and he’s and I read it to him, he knew I was distraught, and he says, Why don’t you do your own scholarship? And I said, Hmm, I hadn’t even thought about that. Why? Why can’t it be a Joe Baker/pharmacy scholarship? So that’s what I did. I established my own scholarship for the one for the University of Arkansas, College of Pharmacy that awards a scholarship to students that have graduated from my alma mater, and the other one is a scholarship from my alma mater. So. So it was kind of like a light bulb went off, and by him just saying, you know, why don’t you do your own so it is amazing. I’ve learned his name is Shane Lester. Put a plug in for him, but he’s been kind of my mentor, even though he’s 25 years younger than I am, because he goes around, he’s a mortgage broker in a Little Rock and he goes around with stacks of Starbucks cards, Starbucks gift cards. And when I don’t know a stewardess does something nice, or you see a janitor or some whatever, he’ll hand out that gift card. And I’ve incorporated that, and I don’t even know how many gift cards I’ve handed out one time at the cleaners, this lady always did, you know, treated me with the kindness and stuff I gave her a gift card one time. I thought she was gonna come, well she did, she came around the counter and gave me a hug. And I will say I’ve gotten a lot of discounts since then, but I wasn’t doing it to get anything in return. But see the joy on her face. But I’ll see maybe a janitor or especially at the school, the college. I’m on the Board of Governors for the foundation. And you know these students, or young people that are helping out and they do special things, you know, I like to hand them a gift card just to say, hey, you know, some we recognize what you’re doing and we appreciate it, or I appreciate it, and you’d be amazed. I’ve got a little quote in there. I’ve kind of hijacked to saying, you It’s not how much you make, it’s how much you keep, but then I added to it, it’s not how much you keep, but it’s how much you give away. So, you know, so I’ve been blessed with that, but I learned it from someone else. It didn’t, didn’t come from me, but, but it makes an impact. Yeah,

Tim Ulbrich  42:01

And for those that aren’t familiar with for how endowments work, if those are folks aren’t familiar with how endowment works, it’s a big deal because you know, essentially what you’re doing there is you’re giving a large lump sum of money upfront to then allow for an annual gift that will live on forever. 

Joe Baker  42:19

And you’re and I tell people, I say, Hey, if you endow a scholarship your name, even though they don’t really know you, your name will go down in time. And I know we’re running out of time. Can I say how I funded that? Because somebody might use this. One of the assignments I have in class, and I’ve been doing this since 2010 is I have the students pick out a stock for me to buy in class. I’ll say, I want a blue chip stock. I want a high dividend payer. I want a good PE right, you know, just all the things, and it gives them a little time to research and all that. And then I’ll take those and I say, Okay, I like this, and I’ll buy one or two each semester in class. And at one time, that portfolio got up to over $265,000 and I said, I should have started doing this in 99 because it was just riding the wave. And I know individual stocks has its, you know, owned risk.

Tim Ulbrich  43:19

So you’re just doing this in like, a brokerage account, right? 

Joe Baker  43:21

Yes, a brokerage account. It wasn’t through an IRA and but some of those individual stocks accumulate so much so this sounds like I’m cheating, but it but it wasn’t. Like on the University of Arkansas, College of Pharmacy, I donated three stocks that had appreciated so much that actually my cost basis was $6,000 and when I donated, the stocks were worth $26,500. So I got the blessings of 26,500 and the recognition of an endowed scholarship. But my cost basis was $6,000 plus I wasn’t faced with the capital gains increase. I did the same thing with with the other with my the other endowment, and each year now there’s a fundraiser at our school, the my alma mater, that you buy a table for $25 so I just pick out a stock and get however many shares I need and and donate it and, and whatever’s left over goes to my my scholarship. Now that doesn’t make me sound as great as as I once did, but reason I’m saying this somebody knows may not have thought about this, but if you ever want to make a contribution to an area, think about charitable when you’re doing charitable giving, maybe donating a stock. Yeah, but, but it was, it was, is pretty good, using the leverage. And I did, sure didn’t want to sell the stock. Pay capital gains, then donate the money.

Tim Ulbrich  45:00

I was gonna say, What a great example of a win, win, win. I think it highlights so well what we’ve been talking about, right? It’s it obviously led to an endowed scholarship that has a benefit to the person receiving it. It allowed for, you know, a tax efficient way of giving. And it all happened through an exercise in which you were teaching the students something all along the way. That’s pretty cool.

Joe Baker  45:22

And they got an A too!

Tim Ulbrich  45:24

That’s right, that’s right! Awesome. This is great, Joe. I just love your heart for teaching, for giving. I think that is a thread of everything that you do. I know you’ve inspired me in my own journey and the work that we do at YFP as well. So thank you so much for taking time to come on the show. 

Joe Baker  45:41

Can I say one other thing? 

Tim Ulbrich  45:43

Yeah, absolutely.

Joe Baker  45:45

Giving back does not have to be a monetary situation. It could be being the best father, being the best husband, giving in those respects. It could be at your place of worship, giving of your time, your efforts, your leadership, your mentors. So it doesn’t have to be financial. It can be any of those ways. And once again, it will make you feel good, and it’ll be a win/win.

Tim Ulbrich  46:19

Yeah, I think the posture that you’re sharing there is one, one of a giving heart, right? That can be done in many different areas. So I love that. And thanks again, Joe for coming on the show. We appreciate it.

Joe Baker  46:28

Yes, thank you, Tim.

Tim Ulbrich  46:32

As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. Furthermore, the information contained in our archive, newsletters, blog posts and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyzes expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist, unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward looking statements, which are not intended to be guarantees of future events, actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer, Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 381: 10 FAQs for First-Time Homebuyers with Tony Umholtz


Tony Umholtz from First Horizon Bank returns to tackle the top 10 questions first-time home buyers often ask.

This episode is brought to you by First Horizon.

Episode Summary

Tony Umholtz from First Horizon Bank returns to tackle the top 10 questions first-time home buyers often ask. With over 20 years of experience in the mortgage industry, Tony covers essential topics like when it’s better to buy versus rent, the various lending options available, hidden costs beyond the down payment, how student loans impact your mortgage application, and more.

About Today’s Guest

Tony Umholtz is the Senior VP of Mortgage Banking at First Horizon. He graduated Cum Laude from the University of South Florida with a B.S. in Finance from the Muma College of Business. He then went on to complete his MBA. While at USF, Tony was part of the inaugural football team in 1997. He earned both Academic and AP All-American Honors during his collegiate career. After college, Tony had the opportunity to sign contracts with several NFL teams including the Tennessee Titans, New York Giants, and the New England Patriots. Being active in the community is also important to Tony. He has served or serves as a board member for several charitable and non-profit organizations including board member for the Salvation Army, FCA Tampa Bay, and the USF National Alumni Association. Having orchestrated over $1.1 billion in lending volume during his career, Tony has consistently been ranked as one of the top mortgage loan officers in the industry by the Scotsman’s Guide, Mortgage Executive magazine, and Mortgage Originator magazine.

Key Points from the Episode

  • Introduction and Sponsor Message [0:00]
  • Tony Umholtz’s Background and Introduction [2:55]
  • Deciding Between Buying and Renting [4:05]
  • Preparing for Home Purchase: Steps and Pre-Approval [6:17]
  • Understanding Down Payment and Closing Costs [14:06]
  • Details of the Pharmacist Home Loan Product [20:47]
  • Defining PMI and Its Impact [24:35]
  • Considering Down Payment and Other Costs [29:37]
  • Impact of Student Loan Debt on Home Buying [38:51]
  • Buying Down Points and Its Benefits [42:16]
  • Credit Scores and Their Impact on Home Loans [46:38]

Episode Highlights

“One of the things that I’d always recommend when you’re looking at whether to buy or rent is, how long do you intend to stay in that city or that location? If you’re going to be in a location for five years or more, it’s normally going to make sense to own a home.” – Tony Umholtz [6:27]

“Pre approval is number one. You’ve got to be ready and have a pre approval in place. Know what your thresholds are, what can you afford? What are my closing costs? What’s my down payment requirement?  Have all the facts in place.” Tony Umholtz [9:09]

“I typically don’t like points right now because of where rates are. Rates are at this point where the Fed is about to cut, and I think it’s going to be a very gradual reduction in interest rates. It’s not going to be unless we see a recession. I think it’s going to be more of a gradual lowering of rates.” – Tony Umholtz [20:21]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich  00:00

Hey everybody. Tim Ulbrich here and thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast, where each week, we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. This week, I welcome Tony Umholtz back onto the show to cover 10 Frequently Asked Questions for first time home buyers. Tony has over 20 years experience in the mortgage industry and is currently a mortgage loan officer with First Horizon Bank who offers the pharmacist home loan product to pharmacists living in the lower 48. During the show, we discuss common questions that first time home buyers have, including when to buy versus rent, the different lending options that are available, upfront costs beyond the down payment, how student loans are factored into the lending equation and more. Before we jump into the show, let’s hear a brief message from today’s sponsor, First Horizon. Does saving 20% for a down payment on a home feel like an uphill battle? It’s no secret that pharmacists have a lot of competing financial priorities, including high student loan debt, meaning that saving 20% for a down payment on a home may take years. For several years now, we’ve been partnering with First Horizon, who offers a professional home loan option, AKA a doctor or pharmacist loan that requires a 3% down payment for a single family home or town home for first time home buyers, has no PMI and offers a 30 year fixed rate mortgage on home loans up to $766,550 in most areas. The pharmacist home loan is available in all states except Alaska and Hawaii, and can be used to purchase condos as well, however, rates may be higher and a condo review has to be completed. While I’ve personally worked with First Horizon before and had a great experience with Tony and his team, don’t just take it from me. Here’s what Peyton from Tyler, Texas had to say about his experience with First Horizon:  “Aaron, Cindy and Marilyn were very easy to work with. As a first time home buyer, I shopped around for lenders at the onset of the process, Aaron was always very quick to reply and provide me with any details I requested in order to move forward in my decision to select a lender. Once I selected First Horizon, Marilyn and Cindy did a great job of keeping my wife and I informed of the process. Closing was a breeze yesterday at the title office, and I sincerely appreciate the team going above and beyond to keep my interest rates locked despite extending closing due to negotiations with the seller. I’ve already shared my positive experience with many pharmacists-only groups, and I look forward my brother,  also a pharmacist, refinancing with you guys when he decides to.” So to check out the requirements for First Horizon’s, pharmacist home loan and to start the pre approval process, visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan. Again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com,/home-loan. 

Tim Ulbrich  02:41

Tony, welcome back to the show. 

Tony Umholtz  02:42

Hey, Tim, good to be here with you. 

Tim Ulbrich  02:44

Well, we’re excited, excited to have you back, and we’re going to be talking about frequently asked questions, 10 of them for first time homebuyers. And we’re excited to dive into those in more detail before we get into those. I don’t want to assume that everyone knows who Tony is, although you’ve been on the show several times before, especially for our new listeners to the podcast. So give us a brief introduction to your background and the work that you do with First Horizon.

Tony Umholtz  03:08

Sure, sure. Tim, yeah, it’s a, well, it’s been a number of years here with you, so I’ve enjoyed it. But you’re but you’re right. There’s probably a lot of new listeners out there. So I’m a mortgage banker. I’ve been in the mortgage business now for over 22 years, which is crazy. I started in October, 1 of 2002 so it’s been a while. I run a team. We’re based in Florida, but we can lend nationally, and we’ve been working with healthcare professionals for gosh, I mean, 20 years, and we, you know, we’ve, it’s been a great partnership, working with you guys and and your community.

Tim Ulbrich  03:46

Well, we really appreciate it, too. As you mentioned, it’s been several years. I know you’ve added a ton of value in education our community, and we’re going to do exactly that on on today’s episode. So let’s jump right into our 10 questions, starting with our first one, which I know is a common question we’re getting, especially in in today’s competitive market that continues to be which is, how do I know when I should buy versus whether I should continue to rent? Disclaimer, of course, every market is different, but as you’re talking with prospective home buyers, Tony, how are you helping them think through this decision of when does it make sense to buy versus potentially continuing to rent?

Tony Umholtz  04:23

Well, one of the things that I’d always recommend when you’re when you’re looking at both and comparing both is, how long do you intend to stay in that in that city or that location? If you’re, if you’re going to be in a location for five years or more, it’s normally going to make sense to own a home. I mean, because even with zero appreciation, we know historically, homes appreciate, you know, if you look at historical averages, they typically appreciate three to 6% a year. But even without any appreciation, just your amortization, your tax breaks, if you itemize, you’re usually going to come out way ahead, because most of you guys who have rented know rents don’t stay stagnant. They normally go up every year. So their cost of renting goes up, and then rental insurance goes up. There’s costs that continue to escalate there too. So I normally say, if it’s a time thing for most people, if you’re going to be in the home for more than, more than, you know, five years or five years or longer, or in that area, sorry, I would say that that that’s going to be one reason to put down roots and to own a home versus rent. In the cases where you think you may be moving in a couple of years, then renting might be a better solution, you know, because then you’re, you know, not locked into the house, and you have some more flexibility to move quickly and renting can be a better solution if you’re going to be there or more of a temporary time time frame. But I mean, if you go back in history here, it’s very hard. I mean, I’ve had this question many, many times, and I remember in 2010 people were so hesitant to buy because we just went through the credit crisis, which was just a very, very strange time where we had so much inventory built by builders. It was just very, very it was unlike anything I’ve seen and that, and there was a lot of fear. People did not want to buy. They did not want to buy. And you look back, and that was the best time to buy, you know. So it’s one of those things it’s hard to always pinpoint. I wouldn’t time the market, just like in the equities and stock market, but I would say, if it’s more of a lifestyle choice, right, are you planning to be there for the long term?

Tim Ulbrich  06:27

Yeah, I’m glad you gave that example of not trying to time the market like if the equity in the stock markets, I was thinking the exact same thing, right? We see that on the investing side. I even think about when I was buying our home here in Columbus back in 2018 right? And I remember when we moved here at the time, interest rates were at 4.625% I remember that was the 30 year fixed rate, and it was like, Ah, so high, right? So high. For that time, home prices were the highest they’d ever been in Columbus. And now looking back like that was a steal, right? So I think you kind of look at the long term trajectory of what have the markets done over time, just like we do on on the equities and the investing side and and, of course, in addition to the timeline piece, which is really important for first time homebuyers, we might have people that are in transitions, residencies, fellowships, other things. So, you know, first job, or really making sure we’re in that place where we feel good about laying down roots for a period of time, but also making sure that, hey, we’re ready. We’ll talk about down payment and other factors here in a little bit, but looking at the timeline, looking at the readiness to buy, and making sure we’ve got the financial means, and looking at other parts of the plan as well. Second question Tony, I’ve got for you is for folks that are in that position to say, Hey, I’m ready to buy. I’m looking at my first home. I want to make sure that I can act quickly on that home purchase when I find the right home. So what are some steps that people can take? I’m thinking of things like pre approval, making sure they’ve got their their documents, pay stubs, all the things that lenders are going to are going to request and require, so that they are ready to act quickly when they find that right home.

Tony Umholtz  08:05

Pre approval is number one, Tim, you got to be ready. Have a pre approval in place. Know what your thresholds are, what can you afford? What are my closing costs? What’s my down payment requirement? Have all the all that those facts in place and in but the pre approval is going to solve a lot of issues. Because if you have a credit problem where you need someone to help you with your credit, you know, my team, we often do that, you know, to help prepare folks to get either better rates or qualify, that gets you in line to be ready to move quickly. Because, because when you find that home, sometimes it can be competitive, even in this market, especially when you find the right home, the right price, but definitely being pre approved. I think you know, also having, you know, a good real estate partner, if you’re looking you’re working with a realtor, have identify one that you trust. I think that’s important. But between having, you know, the lender side and maybe in a very good real estate agent in your corner. I think that would be the best way to prep so you know which areas you’re interested into what parts of town. That’s very important as well. 

Tim Ulbrich  09:09

Tony, how long does that pre approval typically last? Reason I asked that is I talked with many first time homebuyers. I remember this was the case for Jess and I where, you know, you might have that feeling of, hey, I’m not, I’m not there yet where I’m ready to, you know, work with a lender, go through the pre approval. I’m thinking that I’m going to buy, you know, 6-12, months out, and then all of a sudden we start looking, and we’re ready the next day, right? That happens all the time. So I think that begs the question of, you know, do I wait for the pre approval? How long does that pre approval last? Where, where I can feel confident that, even if I don’t think I’m ready today, but that changes in a month,when I get to that point I’m ready to go.

Tony Umholtz  09:46

You know, that’s good question. I so typically, the the pre approvals are good, the numbers and that we’ve been provided the credit report, they’re good for 90 days, typically. But it’s very easy for us to update them. It doesn’t take long. It’s a very. Simple exercise to to update the credit report, and to update, you know, financials, if needed. So it’s a very easy exercise. 

Tim Ulbrich  10:09

Since we’re talking pre approval, let’s go to the third question, which relates to that, which is, what? What’s the difference between a pre approval and a pre qualification? I think with a lot of people, you know, searching online, there may be some readily accessible tools and things that are out there where take click a button, you’re pre qualified, ready to go. But what is the difference between those two, and why the pre approval is so important?

Tony Umholtz  10:31

Sure. So the pre qualification, like you said, very easy to access. There’s many links online that’ll you could put in your income and it’ll spit out a number for you and what you think your debts are, but the lending world is different, right? And in the respect that it’s not always that simple, and it can actually to be to your benefit too, because different liabilities can can account differently against you. So for example, your insurance premium on your car. That’s not something we look at, you know, lenders look at, right? We look at what, what are called creditor expenses, which would be student loans, car loans, credit cards, you know, any mortgages you have, you have a boat loan, any installment loan, installment debt, those are going to be the things that that the lending community would would look at as in your debt to income ratio. Okay, so a pre qualification is just you putting those numbers into the system. They’re not being validated. Your income is not being validated. So yeah, for example, if, let’s say you’re a 1099, employee, and you say, well, I make $100,000 a year, well, you plug that into the pre qualification, but in reality, you take $20,000 in expenses, you know on your schedule C of your tax return. Well, you really only make 80,000 in the in the eyes of a lender, right? But you just put 100,000 in so it doesn’t carry a lot of weight, plus there’s no credit report that’s been reviewed. So the real estate community is wised up to this. So they they call me all the time. Is this a pre approval or pre qualification? That they always call because they want to know that this buyer that’s buying their listing, or they’re about to work with on from a buyer’s, you know, perspective, is able to buy and is been pre approved. A pre approval carries a lot more weight, because that means a lender has validated the income, has validated the credit report and valid, validated the liabilities. So we also look at that means we looked at a pay stub, right? Or maybe even a tax return, and shed these people do earn what they earn, and this number is valid. So that’s the extra step that a pre approval takes, over a pre qualification,

Tim Ulbrich  12:41

And for those that maybe are listening have gone through this process, you know this right? When you go through a pre approval, you upload all these documents, pay stubs, and it has a much more in depth look at your overall financial picture, the schedule, C example, the 1099, income is a great one. And we can appreciate why the pre approval carries more weight. Tony that that that has me thinking, wasn’t a question on my list, but for those that are listening that you know, maybe we’re in a period of postgraduate training residency fellowship where they were earning $50-$60,000 now they’re out earning more of a full, full pharmacist income, $121-$130, but it’s only been maybe three, six months or less. How does a lender typically look at the earnings history and the length of history? So right now, my w2 show is, I’m earning that higher income, but it’s only been for a short period of time. 

Tony Umholtz  13:32

It’s a great question. Well, you just mentioned something. It’s W2 income. Okay, so if you, if you’ve been in training for several years, even earning $50,000 a year. And then you jump to that $120 to $130 salary on a W2 basis, the lender can use that immediately. So we can actually use that W2 salary immediately. It’s only when it’s incentive based pay that it can be a problem. So it’s really a good question, because the incentive based pay is different, right? So if it’s if you’re coming in, you say, well, I make a $50,000 salary, but I’m incentivized based on the number of procedures I do. This isn’t as much applies to the pharmacist community, but a lot of physicians it applies to. The contracts have changed where a lot of it is based upon, you know, how many patients they’ve seen, and there’s a revenue component. So we do have to know what that floor income is in order to qualify them, unless they have a two year track record. So when you have a two year track record of variable earnings, we we average that. So if someone’s 100% commission employee, or are they making mostly their most of their income via bonuses? Yeah, average those incomes together. So that’s how that works. That’s how the formula works. But if you’re coming right out of school or training and you have a base salary, the lender can use that right away in most instances. 

Tim Ulbrich  14:57

I think for most of our listeners, it would be that w2 income. Um, may not have the the length of history. We do have some folks that may have be more commission based, bonus based, I’m thinking about some of the industry pharmacists that are out there that receive, you know, larger bonuses, or maybe even the self employed individuals that are listening where there’s a longer track history of earnings that are going to be needed to be able to prove that qualification when it comes to the pre approval process. Number four on my list of top 10 questions for first time home buyers relates to the different lending options that are available. So we know there’s conventional loans. People might have heard of FHA loans, pharmacist home loan products, VA loans that are out there, and all of a sudden the questions are swirling of, you know, what are the differences? And how do I go about finding the right loan product that’s available? So what are your thoughts there, Tony?

Tony Umholtz  15:50

So there are a lot of products out there, and this is what makes our job fun, is, is finding the right solution for each individual person, because everyone’s different. And there’s pros and cons to each product. I will say that even a number of of of your clients, in the past, we’ve even used FHA, and the reason why is, depending on your credit score, depending on your situation, sometimes that pricing is much better. The rate is much better. Even though there is PMI, there’s exceptional rates sometimes, which, for some borrowers, is better. So if your credit score is not above 740 that can be a better solution. So we look at, you know, everyone individually. I will kind of give a quick summary of each just to just to help, because I know these are, these are floating around out there. So conventional loans are probably the most common mortgage out there, and those are loans that are, are basically backed by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac so, and I’m a, I’m kind of a finance nerd. We’ve talked about that. Tim, I don’t want to, I don’t want to bore people here. I don’t want to bore but I will give you, for those that are analytical and like some information, I’ll give you a little more detail. So they’re called the GSEs, Government Sponsored Entities, and they back the majority of mortgages originated in our country, and thank God we have them. They they do a tremendous amount for our housing market, supporting our housing market this country. So those most conventional mortgages are written through them. They’re backed by them, okay? So that means they have very little risk to the investor and so though, and the investors, I’ll tell you who the investors are. A lot of them could be you guys, right? If you buy a mutual fund, yeah, but invest in bonds or Ginnie Mae’s securities, that’s what or, or mortgage backed securities, that’s what it is. So they’re basically, you know, mortgage instruments that are turned into investments. But conventional loans do have PMI if you don’t put 20% down, and that PMI can factor can change based upon your loan to value your credit score, even some geographical implications based upon your income level. There’s some products that they offer based upon your income level and zip codes and things like that, but, but sometimes it’s a very compelling product, because that PMI factor can be very sometimes not a big number. And given the interest rate and the fact that you can pull it off in two years, sometimes paying the PMI is fine. It’s not a big deal, because you’re going to have a chance to pull it off in two years anyway. So that’s conventional loan programs. 20% down. There’s no PMI above that, there’s a there’s a factor, and it’s basically skewed towards your loan to value, how much you put down, and your credit score, and actually your debt to income ratio as well, is a is a component, too. Then we have what’s called FHA loans. FHA loans are, are basically a Federal Housing Administration loan there. There’s a lot of restrictions on FHA as far as loan size. Every county has a different loan size in this country, and they’ve gone up with the housing market. But, you know, there they can be a lot of times they’re capped in the 500 to 550 range for most areas, sometimes lower, sometimes higher, for higher cost. The beauty of FHA is it allows three and a half percent down. It does have a PMI component that is lifetime though. No matter what you do, you cannot get rid of it. But often the rates are subsidized and are pretty attractive so, and they’re very much, they’re much more flexible on credit score as far as rate. Conventional, if you have a lower credit score, the rate gets impacted heavily, and it’s not as much on FHA. VA loans or Veteran Administration loans are really only they’re only available to veterans, right, who have served, and they’re a great product, and we, we love doing them for veterans. It’s just there’s only a couple we’ll do here and there per month, typically, just not as many out there. But there’s a great product, 100% financing, no PMI. There is a VA funding fee, but excellent rates and then there’s unique products, right, like niche programs, like our product for pharmacists, right, with no PMI limited amounts down. We have Doctor loans with no PMI limited amounts down. Those are more loans that are going to be derived from the balance sheet of a bank or a lending institution. They’re not something you’ll find as much on the mass market, so they’re more of a niche program.

Tim Ulbrich  20:21

And I’m glad you outlined them the way you did, because it becomes obvious, hopefully to the listener, that, Hey, can I find a lender that I trust, that I like, that I feel like has a as an understanding of my situation, obviously an awareness of the different products that are out there, and they can help me kind of mesh together these variables of where do I live? What do I have available for the down payment? What’s my credit score? And really look at the total package and then be able to say, hey, for you, we really feel like the best loan product is x. So I know you’ve given an example before that some of people from our community might come to you and say, Hey, Tony, I’m really interested in the pharmacist. Home loan product makes sense. I’m a pharmacist. I like the idea of a low down payment, hopefully no PMI. I’ve got a higher credit score. But there might be variances where you look at the total package and decide you know what an FHA loan does make more sense. And I’m so glad you framed it the way that you did, because I think we tend to look at these things in silos or black and white, that hey, PMI is always bad, not necessarily true. I mean, when you zoom out and you look at, you know what, what’s the interest rate, what’s the cost of the loan over the life of the loan? You know, just like we talk about other areas of the plan, you might give a little bit of here, but get more there where it makes sense. And so I think really having that relationship with the lender is so important that we can hopefully guide the person in the direction and path that makes the most sense for them, even if they maybe that’s different than what they came in with an idea of where they would go. 

Tony Umholtz  21:49

That’s exactly right. 

Tim Ulbrich  21:51

For the pharmacist, home loan offered through First Horizon, I think some of our listeners are privately familiar with the physician, doctor loans that are out there. Similar type of product or offering. Here we’re focused on our community audience of pharmacists. Tell us more specifically about that in terms of down payment required, minimum credit scores, maximum loan amounts.

Tony Umholtz  22:12

Sure. So the minimum credit score is 700 for the product, and obviously, the higher your credit score, the better pricing you’ll get but there is no PMI, so that that’s been very attractive for a lot of folks. So you have no mortgage insurance, you can put very little down. If you’re a first time home buyer with this product, you only have to put 3% down. If you’ve owned before, it’s 5% down. There’s no prepayment penalties, really, no reserve requirements either. So that’s another big, big piece for younger buyers, especially that haven’t had a chance to save as much, you know, cash. The the max loan amount is typically matches up with the conventional loan amount for the area. So like, as of today, it’s seven, 766, 550, but guys, it’s going to be over 802,000 very soon. So Fannie Mae is basically made that announcement. We’re going to, we’re going to kind of be in coattails with that. So it’ll be over 800,000 and it already is higher than that in higher cost markets now.

Tim Ulbrich  23:19

And that’s not, that’s not purchase price, that’s the loan amount you’re talking about.

Tony Umholtz  23:23

That’s the loan amount so that it’s going to be, I think we can start taking those applications here pretty soon, even though it’ll be official like January 1. I think they’re going to allow us to start taking those applications in November. So, you know, that’s kind of a nice, nice benefit, to start that early, get a jump start, but, but, yeah, that’s the minimum. That’s the, sorry, the maximum loan amount, the minimum credit score, again, I’ll mention is 700. The no prepayment penalty, no PMI, is really the big pieces to this product, and the, you know, but also the flexibility to do, to do loans all over the country. Yeah, it’s not really. There’s not a geography base outside of Hawaii and Alaska. We can offer this product pretty much everywhere.

Tim Ulbrich  24:12

Yeah. And again, for folks that want to learn more about that product, get in touch with with Tony and his team to see if that’s a good fit, and go to yourfinancial pharmacist.com/home-loan. We’ll link to that in the show notes. We’ve got a great educational page. It talks a little bit more about the pharmacist home loan products, break down some of the math of what’s involved there. Talks about the maximum loan amounts, what are the features, benefits of that product? And then again, an opportunity to make that connection to Tony. So we’ll, we’ll link to that website in the show notes. Tony, we’ve talked about PMI, you and I have both thrown around the term. So let’s go there with our next question. Define PMI for the first time homebuyer who maybe hasn’t heard that that term, and what the purpose and point of PMI is.

Tony Umholtz  24:53

So PMI private mortgage insurance is what that stands for, private mortgage insurance. So. So what it what it means is, you know, when you when a mortgage is under 80% loan to value, there is actually, if that loan were to default, there is recourse for the lender on the balance above the 80% so like if you were to sell as a as a mortgage lender, let’s say we had $100,000 mortgage that we or purchase price, and we lent 95% for simplicity, $95,000 on this mortgage to in Fannie Mae insured it or bought or accepted it right, 80% LTV, there’s no risk If it defaults. But that $15,000 tranche above the 80,000 between the 80 and the 95 that would be a liability for the lender. And what PMI does is basically, is it ensures the lender that, if it did default, that you would no longer that the lender would not be responsible for that. So that’s the reason there is that you know that that premium is an insurance premium on the mortgage, and again, the higher the balance of the loan, the higher the PMI typically, right? The higher the loan to value, the higher the PMI. So it’s risk based adjustment. It’s just like any insurance, like, if you’re in auto insurance, right? If you’ve gotten in a lot a lot of speeding tickets, premiums higher, well, it’s kind of the same thing with PMI, right? If your credit score is lower, if your debt to income ratio is higher, right, things that are deemed risky, or your loan to value is high, 95 versus 85 Yeah, and that’s going to increase your premium slightly. Now, we mentioned this earlier. PMI comes in different forms, so PMI through the Federal Housing Administration, FHA loan, that ensures that pool of FHA loans, right, that is lifetime of the loan, right? And there’s an upfront component and a monthly component.. Doesn’t go away. And you have the upfront component. Now on conventional, you only have the monthly component that can go away once you’ve paid it for two years, and you can prove that the LTV is below 80%. The other thing I’ll say, I’ve had clients do this. I had a client one time put 5% down conventional loan. They sold their house, and they got extra money, and they put the additional 15% down based on the original purchase price. They were able to get the PMI waived so you can get it inside that year, if you go back and and get the LTV under 80. So mortgage insurance is just a tool to help people afford, you know, homes with less down. It’s been around for, you know, forever, and it’s something you don’t want to pay. If you can get around it, it’s just saves you money, right? So it saves you a lot of times. It can be a car payment per month for some people, but it is. It can be a useful tool to get into a home with less down.

Tim Ulbrich  28:01

So give us a for instance. No one’s going to hold you to exact numbers, but let’s say someone’s buying a half million dollar home. Let’s assume a conventional loan. They put 10% down, so 50 down, they’ve got a $450,000 loan. What are we talking about roughly, for PMI on something like that?

Tim Ulbrich  28:19

And I’m thinking back to our first home, and again, this was an FHA one, back in 2009 before I knew about what you shared of, you know, some of the indefinite nature of PMI and FHA loans. And I want to say it was in like the 131-140 range, if I remember right now, lower purchase price, right? This was 2009 so, you know, we’re not talking about a half million dollar home.

Tony Umholtz  28:19

Well, I got to be careful here because there’s so many variables, credit score, right, loan value, you know, debt to income ratio, usage of home, second home versus primary home, there’s all these different factors. I mean, it could be a couple 100 bucks depending on the risk profile. I mean, I’ve seen I can tell you, for risky folk, riskier folks, I have seen those premiums approach 500 a month. Pretty sizable, right? 

Tony Umholtz  29:11

I would say two, 250 ish to 350 depending on your profile, probably, you know, it’s probably a good range on that, I would think. But the, you know, one, one thing is there, there has been a regional effect, Tim, and again, this was a while ago. I don’t want to say but, but I remember, there was a couple areas that had more foreclosures, and others, I remember, for some reason, the PMI was higher regionally. I don’t know if that pricing is still around. I don’t think so. But there was some things like that, like macro effects as well. That was more after the credit crisis, it’s been a long time, so I think it’s, it’s changed, but it’s mostly based upon, you know, your loan to value again, your  debt to income ratio, and you know what your credit score is, right? So someone with a 660 score. Versus a 760 score is gonna pay a different premium, you know as well.

Tim Ulbrich  30:05

Let’s talk about down payment as our sixth question. We mentioned this briefly when you talked about the different loan products, but I still talk with a lot of prospective home buyers that you know they’ll share with me. Hey, Tim, I’m thinking about buying a home in the next six or 12 months, and ask a couple other questions, and one of them being, Hey, what are you thinking in terms of down payment? Because we know that for many first time homebuyers, this can be the biggest barrier right to getting started, depending on the loan product that they ultimately choose. And it’s one of those questions I think that catches people off guard of like, Oh, I haven’t thought about, you know, if it’s 20% down or 10% down or 5% down. But if we’re talking about something like a half million dollar home, these are big savings numbers, while people are often trying to prioritize other financial goals as well. So, you know, the question here is, how much should I be ready to put as a down payment for a home purchase? And I know in part, the answer is, it depends, right? Based on the products we talked about.

Tony Umholtz  31:00

Yeah. I mean, it’s, it’s, it’s, you know, down payment is going to vary, right? I would say that normally, let’s say you’re going to utilize the pharmacist product. If you’re a first time buyer, you could put 3% down. So 3% down is all you’re going to need. In that scenario, I would say five, 5% down if you’ve owned before I have, and some in our community, in your community, have have put 20% down. So it is something that we we see, and they just want to do that from a payment perspective, right? Because obviously the more you put down, the lower. But the you know, I would say planning ahead to have at least 3% down, right? If you’re a first time home buyer in and then also, you have to budget for closing costs, right? You closing costs and prepaids. And sometimes the prepaids can be more than the closing costs, depending on the state you’re in. Okay, for example, in Florida, closing costs are a little higher. Ohio is less than Florida, but your prepaids might be higher in Ohio. So it just depends on what you know. Prepaids are insurance, homeowners insurance and your tax escrow. Okay, so you’ll pay one year of your insurance premium up front. So depending on where you are in the country, that can vary, if you have an older home versus a newer home, that premium can vary, but those are some of the things you have to be prepared for. Your down payment, closing costs and prepaids. You want to make sure you’ve got a good number of what all of those are, and reserves, if you require them. We don’t look at reserves for the programs I mentioned earlier, really isn’t a reserve requirement here, but some, some do. Some have very strict reserve requirements, six months, 12 months, you know. So there are requirements out there. You want to make sure you’re prepared for for all of that. 

Tim Ulbrich  32:50

And that was my seventh question. I’m glad you you addressed that with the down payment, which was, what else should I be considering beyond the down payment? Because I think that becomes the primary focus and goal for right reason. I mean, even if it’s 3% which isn’t the 20% we’re talking about conventional, that’s still a big savings goal, right? Again, if we go to a half million dollar home, you know, we’re looking at $15,000 that we need to come up with and have saved, that’s, that’s no small amount, but, but other things I hear you saying could be closing costs, prepaids, reserve requirement, if they exist. And then we’re, of course, seeing about more of the ongoing things that could be PMI, that could be, you know, property taxes and obviously upkeep maintenance in the home, HOA fees, etc. So we’ve got to kind of zoom out here and look at the budget, but more of those one time costs upfront, in addition to the home payment closing costs, prepaids. Tony, funny story with that. I remember the first time we bought our home going through this when you don’t know things like escrow, right? You’re not thinking about prepaids of homeowners insurance and taxes. I remember seeing those, and I, I had to ask a question four different times, I think, to the lender, because, like, is this? Is this? Right? Like, I just wasn’t expecting it. I wasn’t anticipating it, and it caught me off guard. But if you put together closing costs and prepaids that that that can be another sizable amount of money that someone has to have ready at the point of close,

Tony Umholtz  34:10

Absolutely, yeah. I mean, it’s a depending on where you’re located, it can be very sizable, right? Premiums can be pretty high. Yeah, absolutely. And you know, a couple things just about, you know, we’re talking about all these things. Tim about, okay, down payment, closing costs, prepaid, it’s very intimidating, right? It sounds intimidating like, wow. So a lot of lot of cash out, out of the pocket, and it is, but the amount of clients that like, for example, your $500,000 home example, where they put 3% down. And I’m not talking about during COVID, when things were shooting up, but yeah, that put think about $15,000 down, and maybe you had another six to 8000 for closing costs and prepaids. And now that house is worth. 550,000 a year and a half, two years later. Where can you get a return like that? Let’s say you put 25,000 into a home, and you have 50,000 a year later in equity. That’s, that’s a remember, this is on top of, you still have the equity in the home, right that you put down, plus you’re amortizing the loan, you’re building equity, paying the note down. Now your home’s worth 550 and I can’t tell you how many situations I’ve had like that and seen and you know. So on a positive note, home ownership is very powerful, and it’s one of the best returns you can you can get as and it’s not looking at this as an investor. It is a home, it’s a lifestyle, but I’ve also argue it’s one of the best investments I’ve ever seen, the leverage wise. I just I’ll give one example. He was a physician, and I met with him his first day. His mother came in the office with about 15 years ago, he had just got into his residency at the University of South Florida, and he wanted to buy his first property. And he bought a town home at the time, it was maybe 140,000 or so, and it was a big deal to get that. He sold that town home after his schooling was over for like $270-$280,000 rolled that equity into another home, and he just bought a home for 1,000,001.4 5 million that we helped him with. It’s just a great story of just utilizing equity. And that’s what he told me, he’s like Tony. I just built my my sem I had all the student debt, I did all these things, but I built up the down payment through owning property. And it’s a good example of how just, you know, we’re not talking about flipping property, but owning for a set number of years and paying down the note and you roll to the next one. So I think I didn’t mean to get off on tangent, but to you, I was like, you know, I don’t want this to come across as like, oh, it’s all these things to worry about, and it’s, there’s a lot of positives too and you have to be prepared. You have to have the down payment ready. You have to have the prepaid and closing costs. And a good lender is going to tell you exactly what that’s a good estimate of what that’s going to be, yeah, and then, then you can go out and you can start house hunting, but you just know that that that power of ownership can really, really provide a great financial return for you as well.

Tim Ulbrich  37:22

Yeah, I really appreciate saying that, right? Because there’s a balance here, which is true of many parts of the financial plan. You know, obviously, what we want to avoid is someone getting in way before they’re ready, and then we’re over our head and we’re not, not ready to take on that expense, or we’re, you know, a job loss or job cut hours away from, you know, being underwater on a home that’s one end of the spectrum. But the other end of the spectrum also is being too conservative. You know, in the decision, ultimately, there is an investment here. There is an asset that hopefully is going to build in value over time, even potentially an asset that we could leverage, you know, the equity in the future, if and when that were to make sense. And so, you know, I think that’s where the conversation comes in, which is an interesting one of does 20% does making extra payments on your home to pay off the mortgage early? Does it make sense? Does it not? It depends, right? It depends on what else is going on in the plan, or the interest rates and so forth. So, good reminder that here we’re talking about expenses and cost, but also, yeah, an asset and an investment that we’re going to grow, hoping over time.

Tony Umholtz  38:22

That’s right. And Tim just remember, there’s guard rails on the lending community too. I mean, we do not typically allow debt to income ratios, right, without compensating factors above 43% right? It’s going to be, you’re going to have to have compensating factors to get it above there. So there are guard rails. But everyone you got to be prepared to once you sign on that mortgage you’re obligated to pay, and so you got to understand what your costs are and what you’re getting into, and plan properly. You’re exactly right about that.

Tim Ulbrich  38:54

Since you said debt to income ratios 43% let’s go there with the next question, because I think many of our listeners that are first time homebuyers also have student loan debt. And so naturally, the question is, how does my student loan debt, along with any other debt, could be a car debt, could be credit card debt as well. How does that get factored into the equation, and how that’s looked at by the lender? 

Tony Umholtz  39:15

Yeah, great question. So yes, the student loan debt is just like a car payment, just like a credit card, all those things, count on your debt to income ratio the student loan typically, we’re going to look at that income based repayment amount. So even if you owe a large number, we’ve seen 250,000 or more from folks you if that payments only 900 a month, that’s what we’re using, so or 800 a month, or 1000 a month, whatever that number is what we’re going to use. Now, in instances where there’s no payment, there is a factor we use, but I’m seeing less and less of that, Tim  They have a an income based payment that we know what the obligation is going to be, and that’s how we’re calculating themajority of debt income ratios. So it’s not the balance. And that’s what some of our clients have said in the community, is like, Hey, I owe this amount. What is how’s that going to impact my affordable ability to buy home? Well, again, it’s just coming back to whatever that income based repayment is. That’s the liability we’re going to use.

Tim Ulbrich  40:18

So you mentioned the 43% we’re looking across all all liabilities. Obviously, student loans is a big part of that for many first time home buyers, but you’re, you’re typically looking at the income driven repayment amount. Let me ask you this. I’m getting in the weeds a little bit, but I’m guessing some of our analytical listeners are thinking about this. So if I’m listening and I have $300,000 of student loan debt, you know, if that person were to opt into the standard 10 year repayment plan, they’re looking at a fixed monthly payment round numbers, probably somewhere around 2500-2700 ish, I’d have to check my math on that, but it’s probably pretty close versus if they opt into an income driven repayment plan, even though they can make extra payments if they want to, the income driven repayment plan, by definition, is based off of your income, and has nothing to do with the total amount of debt that you have. So you could have $300,000 in debt, but because of your situation, your income situation, you might have a monthly payment, as you mentioned, of 800, 900 1000 so there is some strategy there to be had, potentially if you’re looking at buying a home of how does my student loan repayment plan selection and strategy align with my home purchase decision? 

Tony Umholtz  41:11

Yeah, that’s an excellent point, absolutely. Because if you’re looking to buy a home and you have that option right Tim, you want to try to get that payment probably as low as you can in the interim so you have that affordability, and it won’t impact your ability to purchase and then down the road, you can influence that more after you’ve qualified for the loan that you want. 

Tim Ulbrich  41:48

Yeah, and this is another example, I know we’re not talking about student loans, but another example where something like those that are on a public service loan forgiveness track, you know, has multiple benefits, because in that type of pathway, what we’re typically trying to do is pull all the levers that we can to minimize the monthly payment, get more forgiven and forgiven tax free. But here then that lower monthly payment would also have some peripheral benefits that it’s going to show as a lower amount when we’re looking at the debt to income ratio. Good stuff. All right. Number nine on our list is related to the topic of buying down points. This is a question I get a lot. So Hey, Tim, I talked with a lender, and they offered me this rate, and they mentioned something about buying down points. But I don’t really know what that means, or how I can actually evaluate whether or not that makes sense. Tell us more about that.

Tony Umholtz  42:33

Sure. So, so what points are is, I mean, some lenders will charge points, and it appears that they’re buying the rate down, but they’re not always buying the rate down, if that, if that makes sense to you, like it could be some margin built in. I mean, I don’t want to get into too much of of how all lenders work, but there’s different types of lenders out there. There’s banks, which is what we are, there’s there’s mortgage brokers, and then there’s correspondent lenders, and they definitely have different models. Typically, the products that we’re discussing are going to be through a bank, right? The broker community is a little bit I have some friends that are brokers that are great, but they normally will write more challenging loans, like lower credits for people. Typically higher cost to originate type business but, but points are something you can utilize to to your benefit. I’m, I will say this, I’m not in this environment. In my background is finance too. So I’m, even though I’ve been in the mortgage business long time, my degree, my masters, are in finance, I’m, I’m pretty analytical as well. I typically don’t like points right now because where rates are. Rates are in this in this point where the Fed is about to cut, and I think it’s going to be a very gradual reduction interest rates. It’s not going to be unless we see a recession. I think it’s going to be more of a gradual lowering of rates. If you look at the Fed dot plot, which is what the Fed is telling us they’re going to do with rates over the next few years. Early 2026 has rates substantially lower than they are today. So you know, if you’re going to pay points today, how are you going to get the payback period? Yeah, payback period is the most critical piece to paying points. How quick do I pay back those points? So for example, one point buy down, it might get you a quarter to three eights in rate. Right from what the par rate would be, par rate means no points. One point is a buy down in the rate. Now, if you say I’m going to stay in this home for let’s say it’s three eight of a point. So it’s point 375, percent. So at the point of three years, you’re going to more than pay back the loan at three years between your interest rate savings. If you’re only going to be in the home two years, you don’t want to do it right. But if you’re going to be in there over three years, it would make sense now, but the only argument I’d give is you’re likely going to have a chance to refinance in the next three years. So why pay those points now? I would rather see you pay them when the rates are lower and buy the rate down even further. Okay, so that’s that’s how points work. It’s a buy down of the interest rate, and it can be to your benefit in some instances. It also can be the way you qualify, right? If your debt to income ratio is a little tight, we’ve used that this year, where we’ve bought the rate down three eighths of a point or a quarter, whatever it is, and that got their payment a little lower to qualify. So there is times we will do it, but generally speaking, I don’t promote it to clients. There are some that ask, but majority of them, once I speak to them, they say, I get that just given where the deal curve is. But I did, I will say this during COVID, I had a few these, like, really low rates. And I remember the rates were low and I and they were going to stay in the home, and they paid a point, and they got the rate even lower, and are never going to refi that loan. So it’s like, you know. So there is some some, some instances where it makes sense. So, but also, the other big thing is, will it truly be a long term hold, just being, being in the business, as long as I’ve have been, I’ve seen a lot of families move up, and you think, well, am I going to be I’m going to be here for the long term, right? That I hear that, but then it really isn’t reality. You know, things change. Your family grows. You need a different school district. So, you know, I think those are the things you think through if you’re looking to pay points, because it’s a lot of times it’s a little bit better not to, you know, unless you really are getting a big time benefit.

Tim Ulbrich  46:35

Great stuff. Our last question for you on our top 10 FAQs for first time homebuyers, and then we’ll let you off the hot seat. Tony. 

Tony Umholtz  46:43

No problem at all. The pressure, you know, I was a kicker a long time ago, so I like the pressure. 

Tim Ulbrich  46:50

I love it. How about kicking in the NFL these days? Man, they’re like, stretching the limits. It’s pretty fun to watch. It’s reminding me the four minute mile of like, once you realize something’s possible, right? We just keep going. Anyways, our last episode of the podcast, episode 380 just couple weeks ago, we talked about understanding improving credit. And so my final question for you relates to credit, which is, how much does my credit score impact, not only my ability to get a loan? We talked about that a little bit with a minimum credit threshold for something like the pharmacist element, but also how competitive my rate will be,

Tony Umholtz  47:26

right? Yeah. So, so remember, higher credit scores are always going to help your interest rate, that that’s going to be a benefit, especially like with the pharmacist product, a 740 score will be better than 720 and better than 700 so it does help you to have a higher credit score. Some products have a threshold. I mean, the pharmacist product 700 if you are 690 you you’re going to be too low, unless we can get your credit score higher, you know. And but there, you know, credit scores are important. You know, even FHA, like our our FHA minimum is 620 is what we have. Some lenders will go down to 600 you know, as well. But we have a 620 credit score floor to get qualified for FHA or conventional and those rates get impacted, you know, the higher your credit score, like, I’ve seen amazing rates with FHA on 760 and above credit scores, like, at one point, I mean, before rates went up again, yeah, memory. I mean, we had rates at 5% with no points, 30 year fixed. That’s why I had to write some FHA loans. The rates were so good, you know. So it was just one of those things where we had to look at the opportunities for people. And it made sense for, you know, 30 year at that level. But, yeah, credit scores are super important. You want to take care of them. One of the big pitfalls I’ve seen for the first time, home buyers out there. Let’s say you move into a new apartment, right? You’ve done a really good job. You keep your credit your credit cards, under wraps. You don’t charge over 50% of the limits. That’s a big thing that I find is a problem. But let’s say you go to Best Buy, right? You buy a TV, you buy this surround sound, you put like, 2000 $3,000 Oh, there’s no interest for zero a year through Best Buy credit. Well, what they do is they report it to the bureaus as a maxed out credit card. Yeah, a lot of furniture stores do this too. Just be careful of that. I’ve seen that happen when people furnish their apartments or their homes or, you know, it happened. Happened to me when I was young. I remember I bought my first time I did it, and I my credit score went down 60 points. I was like, Wait a minute. Went from 760 or 740 to like, you know, 680 or something like that. And that’s what happened, is I went and I did that, I bought furniture, and it didn’t know it, so I learned it firsthand when I was in my mid 20s. So I think for all of you out there, that would be one thing I’d watch. You know, don’t max out credit cards, even for those types of arrangements, I would keep your credit cards, just keep one or two good ones. You don’t need a bunch of them. You don’t need a Dillards card, A Macy’s card, a Home Depot card, you know, you name it, just take, you know, one or two good ones, and that’s, that’s all you’re going to need, and keep your, you know, pay, make your payments on time. That has the biggest effect, okay, that and the balances are the most critical pieces of your credit. 

Tim Ulbrich  50:17

Tim and I talked about that on 380 and again, we’ll link to that, to the show notes of what are the individual factors of the credit score. And as you mentioned, on time, payments and percent of your balance that you’re using make up nearly two thirds of that of that credit score when you look at the total factor. So focusing on those areas to improve your credit, making sure you’re not making some of those blunders leading up to the home buying process. And then when you’re in the process of buying the home, the lender doesn’t want any surprises, not the time to be going out, taking out a car loan or other things. So go through the home process, and then you can think about those things.

Tony Umholtz  50:52

If I can, I’ll just expand on that real quick, and I want to point but the on during the process do not get further credit. We even know if somebody looked at your credit. So the services now lenders know if you’ve gotten any sort of, you know, additional, you know, credit. We know. I mean, I in the past, before we had that, I remember, I’ll never forget going to a closing and a guy bought a Porsche before closing. I mean, I saw some crazy things. This was a while ago, but like now we know everything that happens. So everything is going to be like, don’t buy anything till after closing, if you can. If you do have to buy something, just we have to add it in, because we’re going to find it. We’re going to see it on the report. The other thing that I would say is, and what it is, is, during the process, we get it’s not that even though we’ve closed, we’ve pulled your credit post the credit report poll, lenders know if we have any other liabilities that have that have been created, so we know about it. Now, the other thing I’ll just a point I’d make for first time homebuyers that might help is a credit questions I’ve gotten in the past is, I don’t really have a lot of credit. I have the student loan. Yeah, my parents paid for other stuff. I just I didn’t really have a credit card. What do I do to build my credit? And one thing I will say is getting a simple credit card, even if it’s like a $500 you know, limit, and charging some groceries or gas and paying it off immediately at the end of the month without any interest on the statement balance. Do that over a few months, and it’ll really help your credit score. So that’s one thing I’d encourage. Like, if you think you need to develop your credits credit, you’re younger and you just haven’t had a credit card yet, getting a small credit card, it doesn’t have to be anything crazy, and just putting a little balance on it and having a discipline to pay it off immediately and not carry it. Do that over a several month time frame, it’ll already start helping your credit

Tim Ulbrich  52:46

Great stuff, Tony. What a fun discussion. There you have it. 10 Frequently Asked Questions for First Time Home Buyers. Lots of great information that you covered during the episode. As a reminder, head on over to our home buying resource page at YFP, by going to yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan. You can get more information there and then have the opportunity to connect further with Tony and his team. Tony, thanks so much for for the contribution. As always, we appreciate you.

Tony Umholtz  53:12

It’s great to be here. Tim, always enjoy it. Always have fun with you.

Tim Ulbrich  53:16

Thank you, Tony. 

Tim Ulbrich  53:19

Before we wrap up today’s show, I want to again thank this week’s sponsor of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast, First Horizon. We’re glad to have found a solution for pharmacists that are unable to save 20% for a down payment on a home. A lot of pharmacists in the YFP community have taken advantage of First Horizon’s pharmacist home loan, which requires a 3% down payment for a single family home or town home for first time home buyers and has no PMI on a 30 year fixed rate mortgage. To learn more about the requirements for First Horizon’s pharmacist home loan, and to get started with the pre approval process, you can visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan. Again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan. 

Tim Ulbrich  54:04

As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. Furthermore, the information contained in our archive, newsletters, blog posts and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyzes expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist, unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward looking statements which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast. Have a great rest of your week. 

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 380: Understanding & Improving Your Credit


Tim Ulbrich and Tim Baker discuss the role of credit in financial planning: why it matters, how it works, what makes up a credit score, common credit misconceptions and more.

Episode Summary

In this episode, Tim Ulbrich and Tim Baker discuss the role of credit in financial planning. They explore why credit matters, how it works, and how it influences important areas in your financial plan.

Tim and Tim break down the factors that make up a credit score, from payment history and credit utilization to the age of credit and hard inquiries. They also dispel common credit myths, essential strategies for protecting your credit and identity, including the importance of monitoring credit reports.

About Today’s Guest

Tim Baker is the Co-Founder and Director of Financial Planning at Your Financial Pharmacist. Founded in 2015, YFP is a fee-only financial planning firm and connects with the YFP community of 12,000+ pharmacy professionals via the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast podcast, blog, website resources and speaking engagements. 

Tim attended the United States Military Academy majoring in International Relations and branching Armor. After his military career, he worked as a logistician with a major retailer and a construction company. After much deliberation, Tim decided to make a pivot in his career and joined a small independent financial planning firm in 2012. In 2016, he launched his own financial planning firm Script Financial and in 2019 merged with Your Financial Pharmacist. Tim now lives in Columbus, Ohio with his wife (Shay), three kids (Olivia, Liam and Zoe), and dog (Benji).

Key Points from the Episode

  • Understanding the Importance of Credit [0:00]
  • Debt Utilization and Its Impact [2:07]
  • How Credit Works and Its Impact on Financial Planning [32:14]
  • Factors Affecting Credit Scores [32:27]
  • Strategies to Improve Credit Scores [32:38]
  • Common Credit Misperceptions [32:52]
  • Credit Security and Identity Protection [33:06]
  • Conclusion and Future Topics [38:27]

Episode Highlights

“If you kind of look at some of the things that credit affects, it’s your ability to get credit and what you pay on that debt. So interest rates. Lenders use your credit score and history to determine whether to approve a loan or to give you preferable or less than preferable rates, and this affects mortgage, auto and personal loans.” Tim Baker [08:17]

“The credit report is kind of your report card with regard to your credit. It’ll show all the different adverse accounts and also accounts that are in good standing. Now, it’s hard, in a snapshot world to say, okay, like I’m looking at a bunch of pages of a credit report. How does a creditor, as someone that’s going to lend this person money, quantify the ability to pay back in a timely manner? That’s where we get the credit score. The credit score basically distills down your ability to pay back the money that you owe. – Tim Baker [11:20]

“If we talk about the factors of a credit score, probably the highest impact factor is payment history, and from what I understand, it makes about 35% of your score. This is the most predictive factor in determining whether a borrower will repay debt as a history of on time payments indicate lower risk for lenders. So if you are missing payments, then your score is gonna get hurt.” -Tim Baker [18:17] 

“It’s important to know what’s not used to calculate credit scores:  age, sex, religion, race, marital status, zip code, if you’ve ever disputed things on a credit credit report, employment history, occupation and salary. So they don’t care if you make $200,000 or $2 million a year. As we say, income is not a financial plan. Income is also not a good credit score.” – Tim Baker [28:05]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich  00:00

Hey everybody. Tim Ulbrich here and thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast, where each week, we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. This week, Tim Baker and I talk all about credit as an important thread of the financial plan. Specifically, we discuss why credit matters, how credit works, the makeup of a credit score, and how to improve that score, common credit misperceptions and strategies to protect your identity and secure your credit before we jump into the show, I recognize that many listeners may not already be aware that at YFP, we support pharmacists at every stage of their careers to take control their finances, reach their financial goals and build wealth through one on one comprehensive, fee-only financial planning and tax planning. If you’re ready to see how YFP can support you on your financial journey, you can book a free discovery call by visiting yourfinancialpharmacist.com. Whether or not our financial planning and tax services are a good fit for you, know that we appreciate your support of this podcast and our mission to help pharmacists achieve financial freedom. All right, let’s jump into today’s episode. 

Tim Ulbrich  01:08

Tim Baker, welcome back to the show.

Tim Baker  01:10

Good to be back. Tim, how’s it going?

Tim Ulbrich  01:12

It is going well, I’m excited for this discussion. I’m not sure most listeners are going to be. I think when they see something like credit, maybe, maybe like tax, they’re like, whoa, blah. You know, not, not the most exciting thing to discuss. But I think especially true for those that are focused on more inspiring goals of the financial plan, right? Those that are focused on investing or making a large purchase, maybe paying down debt or giving goals that you’re working towards achieving, those are, those are exciting, right? Credit, maybe like tax, not so much, but as we’re hopefully going to lay the case out today, such an important thread and part of the financial plan that we want to make sure we’re aware of and we’re optimizing the best that we can. So we’re going to talk today about why credit matters. Factors that impact your credit score. If we understand those, we can work to improve those. Some of the misperceptions around credit, and then how to protect your credit and how to protect your identity with credit. So Tim, before we get any further, I think it’s important that we check in with ourselves about debt and how we feel about debt, whether it be having debt, using debt, everyone can feel different if we think about the spectrum of this. So tell us more about debt utilization and why this is important before we get into the discussion of optimizing credit.

Tim Baker  02:27

Yeah. So if you look at the spectrum of debt, you know, you, most people probably heard of the term, like good debt and bad debt. And I think, like, if you put all the types of debt out there, you know, everyone’s line is a little bit different, probably not too different. So if you think if you think about like things like a mortgage debt, so you know, this is a note that you have on a home that you’re living in, it’s a use asset. Maybe you’re raising a family. Hopefully that home is appreciated over time, so you are paying interest on it. Most people would say, Hey, pretty good debt. Things like, if we go over kind of a notch, you know, something like student loan debt, which I know is near and dear to a lot of our listeners, a lot of people still say, for the most part, student loan. You take out loans to be educated and trained, for the ability, for the opportunity to essentially earn out earned peers that don’t necessarily have a college degree. You can argue there’s probably a spectrum inside of that spectrum itself, of like, what’s good student loan debt and bad student loan debt type of thing, but most people would say, hey, you know, even today, most people would agree, the studies show that if you’re if you, if you have a degree, you’re going to earn more over the course of your career. So most people say good debt. When you get beyond that, that’s where it kind of gets a little bit shady. So you know, the next one over is probably things like, like a car note, like an auto debt. The problem with a car note is that you’re you are paying interest on an asset that is depreciated the second that it pulls off the lot, and every year thereafter. So it’s still a use asset. It does the job of kind of getting you from A to B, hopefully, you know, to work or just to live your daily life. But a lot of financial experts would say, if you can go without, you know, financing a car, do that right? Because of all the things that I mentioned. What I typically see the evolution of things, Tim, is like a lot of people, if they’re a couple, a lot of them will see them early in their career. Maybe there’s two car notes, and then maybe they transition to one, and then towards the end of their career, we should be buying cars in cash. And I think it does, you know, force the issue of, like, do we really need an, you know, $80,000 car? You know, can we get by on a $30, $40,000 or whatever it is? Again, no, hate on that. If that, if that’s your your bag, it’s just, you know, is this part of your plan? But most people, that’s kind of where the line is drawn is like, okay, what kind of debt is that? Is that good, bad or indifferent? So from there, you get into things like the cost of, you know, like furniture. A lot of people, hey, I just moved, you know, I need to, you know, I, uh, basically fit out my apartment. So I’m, I’m putting furniture on, uh, on, on debt, and I’m paying that off. Again, a lot of people say, don’t necessarily do that, and you have all the way out to so, you know, the purchases of wants and not necessarily needs, that’s typically can fall on credit card debt, which can be super predatory, if that can get out of control. And you know, you have things like payday loans, which are, you know, really, really bad. So that spectrum of sorts is kind of where you, you know, kind of review. And I would have people look at their own debt that’s on the books and say, Hey, like, is this good bad debt? And if it’s, if it’s bad debt, let’s really, you know, that’s the bleeding head wound potentially, of your financial plan. So let’s really tend to that and triage that. If it’s good debt, we’re not going to, you know, ignore it. We’re going to have a plan for it. But we just know that it’s more about the plan to pay off the debt versus paying off the debt, you know, make sure that we’re doing for the bad debt. So that’s kind of the spectrum in terms of how I look at at debt, and you know, how this can fit over, you know, into the whole, you know, credit, you know, credit discussion.

Tim Ulbrich  06:05

It’s important we start there, right? Because credit, by definition, is we’re taking on debt, right? And we’ll talk about how that might be utilized. What are the risk? What are the upside, you know, potential leverage opportunities. How do you optimize credit? Where does it have an impact? But you know that is a step in the direction of taking on debt. Now, some people will talk about the different types of more detail if you’re paying off card each and every month, like you might not look at that as necessary taking on debt, but that’s essentially what the bank is evaluating. Is, what is your risk? What risk are you to the bank in terms of being able to pay off that debt? And that’s going to depend on the terms that you’re able to get. And I think, as we so often say when we think about debt for our own financial plan, or I know our team’s doing this when they’re advising people, we’ve got to look at the math, we’ve got to look at the different types of debt, and we’ve got to look at how someone feels about the debt, and we put all of that together when we’re looking at debt as a part of the financial plan. And when you have two individuals, spouses, partners, significant others, coming together on the financial plan, especially if we have different feelings around debt, you know, there has to be some discussion to be to be had there as well.

Tim Baker  07:06

Yeah, for sure. I mean, there, there are, there are some people we take the student loans, for example. There’s some people that are like, this needs to go yesterday, like, I have anxiety. It’s a weight, blah, blah, blah. And there’s some people that are like, meh, yeah, it is what it is, right? Yeah. And that emotion plays right? So I think now, again, I think the way you can like, if you’re like meh for credit card debt, like, I think there’s a like we there’s a realignment that we need to do like, because, again, mathematically, if you’re a meh, you’re gonna, you’re gonna see that, you know, talk to a prospective client that had $25,000 in credit card debt, you’re gonna see that, if you have a meh attitude, that 25,000 is gonna grow, you know, balloon to $50k. Very, very quickly. So I think it’s important to understand that too. 

Tim Ulbrich  07:50

So let’s jump into our first part of the episode, why credit matters. And as we start this discussion, I think it’s important we understand how credit works. And so Tim, you know, as a consumer, you know, whether it be, you know, credit card purchase you’re using, you know, you swipe your card at the store, and then somehow, some way, that ends up impacting our credit report, our credit score, as well as other types of debt. So take us through the credit cycle so we can understand how credit works. 

Tim Baker  08:17

Yeah, before I get into this, let me, let me just talk about, like, kind of the legislation that kind of set us on this path of like our credit system so, or at least revised. So back in 2003 the Fair and Accurate Credit Transaction Act, or FACT Act was passed that essentially allows free access to credit reports, and kind of what I’m describing here shortly, to every US resident, at least one free credit report every 12 months from each of the three major credit reporting agencies, which is Equifax, Experian and Transgenium. It also set up provisions to reduce identity theft, which we know continuously are becoming more and more of a thing as we as we kind of transition to more, even more and more of a digital world. It requires, you know, companies to securely dispose of your consumer information. That’s a big thing for us as an RIA oversight by the SEC, and on the tax side, a tax firm oversight by the SEC like or the IRS, I should say there, it’s a big deal, right? And the last thing it does is it doesn’t necessarily require a lot of these companies to give you free credit credit scores, and we’ll talk about the, you know, the report versus the score, but they become more ubiquitous through like, Hey, you can get it through an app or your bank oftentimes. So a lot of that has been, you know, less a B to C of like, Hey, Tim Baker’s gonna go buy my you know, see my credit score, where the places that I bank or do business with kind of do that B to B, and then they and then they do that as a benefit if I’m banking or doing whatever with them. So the fact that kind of, like lays the groundwork, essentially how this works, Tim, is you have, you the consumer, you the the the borrower, and your behaviors kind of, kind of start this cycle. So you essentially, you know, you’ll go and you’ll buy a car, or you’ll swipe your credit card for groceries. Essentially what, what’s happening here is, when I do that, I’m asking MasterCard or Toyota, a creditor for credit to basically make these purchases because I don’t have or I don’t want to spend the cash in that moment. The creditor, especially for something major, like a car, a car note or a mortgage, will say, okay, this person do I want to grant them credit? So the way they typically do is they look at those three reporting agencies that are there that are basically the gatekeepers of the information of the behavior related to your ability to pay back your debts in full and on time. So those reporting agencies for all the different transactions, whether it’s credit cards, whether it’s another type of revolving debt, student loan, a mortgage, whatever it is, collate all this information from these creditors and at the reporting agencies, and then they basically build out credit reports. So the credit report is kind of your report card with regard to your credit, credit, so it’ll show all the different, you know, adverse accounts. So hopefully you don’t have any of those. And then also accounts that are in good standing, that are basically like, Hey, we’re doing what we’re supposed to be doing. Now, it’s hard, in a snapshot world to say, okay, like I’m looking at a bunch of pages of a credit report. How do I actually as a creditor, as someone that’s going to lend this person money? How do I quantify their ability to pay me back in a timely manner, and that’s where we get the credit score. So the credit score basically distills down your ability to pay back the money that you owe, and then that credit score then feeds back to you where you say, okay, hey, I have a 750 or an 800 credit score. So then I then take that back to the credit card and say, like, see, this is like, I’m good, or like, maybe I’m not so good, and that affects, again, that whole cycle. So that’s essentially how it works, in terms of, like, how credit is tracked and reported and then quantified for you, the consumer. 

Tim Ulbrich  12:18

That’s a great summary, Tim, because I think is we’ll talk about improving your credit score here in a little bit. If you understand your credit report and you’re checking your credit report, I know this is something you said on the show before, like, hey, mark your calendar once a year. Maybe it’s when the clocks change, whatever, where you’re pulling your report, right? You mentioned the three agencies, Equifax, Experian, TransUnion, and when you start to dig into those reports, you’ll understand the different variables of which are being aggregated up and reported on to the credit score, which will then help you understand, oh, well, maybe I can increase this or improve this, or do this differently to grab up my credit score, which then has an impact on the different parts of the financial plan. So all connected. Great description. And why does credit matter, right? I want to make sure we don’t, we don’t brush by that obvious but important question we’ve all probably been told at some point in our lives by a parent or, you know, an advisor, or someone like, you got to build credit. You got to have credit. You got to have a good credit history. What’s the so what? Why is this so important?

Tim Baker  13:17

Yeah, so I think, like, if you, if you kind of look at some of the things that credit effects, it’s, it’s it’s kind of your ability to get credit and like what you pay on that debt. So interest rates. So lenders use your credit score and history to determine whether approve a loan or to give you preferable or less than preferable rates, and this affects mortgage or auto personal loans. So good credit usually, you know, good credit score usually gets the best the lower interest rates. You know that which saves you money over time, which could be huge. When you talk about, you know, a 2, 3, 4, $500, $600,000 purchase, when we talk about a home. You know, renting a home, you know, a lot of landlords check credit reports to assess whether potential, tenants are financially responsible. We do this with our tenants. You know, it’s one of the things we that a lot of landlords will do to make sure that, hey, is this person going to actually, like, they’re going to assign the dot line say they’re going to, you know, pay this rent? Like, are they actually going to do it? Insurance premiums, in some cases, insurance companies use credit information to set premiums, particularly on auto insurance. Again, it’s kind of a measure of of reliability, even employment. Some employers check reports as a part of their hiring process. For you know, especially if it’s related, you know, to finances or sensitive information. So poor credit can negatively affect your job prospects. I think it’s tied, it’s also tied to utility services. So utility companies think electric, water, internet, may check your credit when you sign up for a service. So they could actually require a deposit or deposit or even deny services. You know, if you’re obviously, if you’re, if you’re applying for credit cards, you know you’re going to get the best rates and the higher, higher limits if you if you have better credit, maybe even better rewards. And then, you know, just good, like financial flexibility, right? A good credit history gives you more options for borrowing and managing your finances during emergencies or making major purchases. Now, some of those are going to be systemic, and we talk about this with business owners like right now is the time to get a line of credit right? Because once the market changes, or the economy, you know, we go through a recession, you know, that’s when, you know, a lot of credit freezes. So you want to establish good behavior and be able to access credit when things are good, not when things are bad, right? Goes back to planning. So that’s really the so what, Tim, of like, why it’s important, and is, I think it is becoming more of a measure of overall reliability. That is, again, it’s very much for your finances, but I think that’s a good indicator of your overall reliability in general. So that’s the so what.

Tim Ulbrich  15:59

That’s why I used the word thread earlier, right? Look at the list of examples you just gave of where this can impact the plan. I think the one that people are often thinking about is like, Oh, if I go to buy a home, you know, very practical. If my credit score is x versus y, and x is better than y, then I’m probably going to get a more favorable, you know, rate on my loan or, you know, buying a car purchase. But I think there’s some other ones that you’re alluding to when you talk about, like, line of credit out in the business on the business side, you know, having good credit puts you in a position to take calculated risks in the form of leverage, and to do so at the lowest cost possible. Now, calculated risk, right? There’s always going to be risk involved, and there can be a downside to that as well. But fair or not, I mean, that’s really the system that we live in, and and our financial systems are rewarding those who can take on and pay off their credit. And so, you know, starting a business, investing in a business, buying real estate, you know, beyond your primary all these things are going to require, unless you’re bringing cash, they’re going to require you to have your credit evaluated.

Tim Baker  16:54

That’s right, that’s right.

Tim Ulbrich  16:56

All right. Second part is understanding and improving your credit score. And there are several factors, Tim, that go into the credit score, and I think as we understand each one of these, we can begin to then think about the strategies to improve our score over time. Maybe some of our listeners have great credit, and it’s keep doing what you’re doing. Others, maybe, you know, because of a final year of pharmacy school residency, other things you know, they had missed payments and other types of debt that accrued. Maybe there’s some repair a credit that needs to go on. So take us through the the main factors as it relates to the makeup of a credit score, and especially those that have some of those higher impact factors. Yeah.

Tim Baker  17:37

So and when I, when I first started learning about credit back in the day. Tim, like, a lot of the information that I researched, and like, Credit Karma was a great resource for me. And if you actually, again, not a commercial for them. But I personally use Credit Karma, a lot of their things checked out. That’s where I can get, like, a free it’s not free -they’re selling my information. And every time I go on their app, you’re like, hey, this is a great credit card. So like, there is a there’s a price for it. But like, I was, you know, I was skeptical at first, I’m like, Hey, is this really legit? And then I, you know, actually purchased the TransUnion credit score and everything was kind of like, matched out, right? But they, I think they do a good job. It’s a great resource to kind of understand at a very high level, like, how this works. So if we talk about the factors of a credit score, where the rubber meets the road, probably the highest impact factor is payment history, and from what I understand, it makes about 35% of of your score. This is the most predictive factor and determine whether a borrower will repay debt as a history of on time payments indicate lower risk for lenders. So if you are missing payments, then you’re gonna, you know, your your score is gonna get hurt, which is gonna, you know, affect all those other things that we talked about. So can you pay your bills on time? And on time is actually flexible, so, like, once you go 30, days beyond like, a due date, that’s when you typically get hit. So like, if my credit card bill is due on October 15, and I miss that payment and I don’t pay it by November, if I pay it by November 1, I’m still good. It’s still on time for the credit reporting agencies. Once I get to that November 15 date, then that’s where I get I get dinged. So that is the that’s kind of where the rubber meets the road and everything else around this is important, but it’s not as important as, Are you paying your you know, what’s the history? Are you paying it back on time? The other high impact factor, which makes up about 30% it’s called, Credit Card Utilization. I’ve also seen it called like, what’s the amount that you owe, amounts owed? So this is the amount of debt you carry, especially as a percentage of your total credit line, your limit. So this is credit utilization, and it’s it’s highly correlated with risk. So in this case, what lenders like to see is it’s the lower your utilization, the better. So they like to say, hey, you have available credit to you, you’re just not using it. So anything that is basically 10% or below you, it’s typically excellent, right? So if I have a $10,000 limit on my credit card. Let’s say I have a five and a five. I have two cards. If I’m carrying anything more, carrying meaning like I don’t I don’t pay it off at the statement balance. If I’m carrying $2,000 then my credit utilization is 20% and that’s it’s still good, but it’s not excellent. So lenders like to see you have the ability to use it, but then they want you to pay it back in a timely way. So the big thing here is to keep the balances low. The next one, Tim and these, these last, really three or so, are more medium and low impact. So the next one is age of credit or, like, the length of credit history. So make sense, right? The longer you know, if this is not your first rodeo, the longer that you’ve been using credit successfully, it’s a little bit of like, like, again, your parents have been doing this for a while. If you’re just out of college, or you’re just in college, you don’t necessarily have the wherewithal to, like, understand how it works. So typically, the higher is better. So they want excellent means you’ve had, you know, accounts open for nine plus years, and this is on average. So lenders like to see that you have experience using using credit. The next one is the total accounts, which makes up about 10% that you can also think of this as, like credit mix mix, so managing a variety of credit types, whether it’s credit cards, auto loans, student loans, mortgages, suggest a responsible borrower that can handle different forms of credit. So the idea here is, they want you to be able to do a little bit of a lot of different types of credit, right? So, you know they want, they want you to say, Okay, we have fixed, we have revolve, and that type of thing. The big thing here that I thought that was kind of counterintuitive, is that the higher the number of counts, the better I would think, like, man, if you know, if I only had one or two, that would be a lot better from a from an agency perspective, or for a lender perspective, than if I had like 20. But what they what we have to remember is that your your your accounts, they own your report for 10 years. If they’re good, if you have if it’s negative, it stays on for seven years. So think about the last 10 years of all the different things that you’ve done, Credit Wise, that’s what they’re counting. For a lot of pharmacists, they get a number. They get in another account with every student loan. For a lot of us, like when we’re looking at a client’s credit report, particularly when we’re looking at student loans, it’s several pages longer than most people just because of the student loan burden. And the last thing that’s there is the hard inquiries, or, like, the new credits part of the score, and that’s also 10% so that’s where, you know what lenders don’t like to see is they want, the lower the amount, the better. So what they want to see, they don’t want you basically going around town, proverbially, going around town, like inquiring on additional lines of credit. So this results when you apply for credit. So if I go to buy a car and I’m buying it through Ford, they’re going to run my credit. That’s a hard inquiry. Or if I’m, if I’m getting a mortgage, or if I’m, you know, moving and I’m renting a place, they might run it a credit on there, and then, and then the utility. So they really like hard inquiries to be excellent is zero to one, good is one to two, and anything above that is fair. I could tell you, Tim, I have a crap ton of hard inquiry just because of the things that we’ve done over the years, that those typically fall off after two years, but that, and I think what they’re trying to do again is they’re trying to look at, okay, how much is this person actively accessing new credit now, I think, I believe that, I don’t know if it’s a week or two week, but say, like, I go and I apply for credit at Ford, Toyota, Tesla, they’ll group that, those hard inquiries into one, if it’s within like, a two, a one or two, yeah, so they don’t ding you on multiple I would, I would say, though, like you probably shouldn’t apply for credit for all of those, but that that’s what happens with those. So those are the kind of the big, the big factors that kind of play a part into your credit score. 

Tim Ulbrich  24:44

Great stuff. Quick summary, you mentioned five factors, payment history, credit utilization. Those together more than 60% so those are two big ones we want to pay attention to. The other three that are medium to low impact, age of credit history, total accounts, hard inquiries. I’m glad you mentioned the student loan piece, right? Because one of things I’ll often hear from new graduates that are learning about credit and trying to improve their credit, they’re like, oh, well, I haven’t had a credit card for that long, and they might only be thinking in that and that bucket, right? But if you have student loans, like you have multiple accounts on your credit report, and you’re going to start to establish the credit history as you pay those off, or you mentioned car notes, credit cards, obviously, there are other things there as well. Again, Tim, if we if we start to understand these, especially if I just focus on the first two for a moment, payment history, so on time payments, and then credit utilization, so the percentage of credit available that we’re actually using month to month. If we understand those and the large impact them at our credit score, we can really start to lean into strategies to address those, if they’re an issue, right? So I think about things like automatic payments, auto bill pay. Is that strategy? Yeah, with credit utilization, I know I’ve gone back about once a year, ish, maybe every 18, 24, months, to say, Hey, by the way, can we increase our credit limit? So asking for increases in credit limit now, understanding that that might have counted a hard inquiry, but asking for an increase in credit limit is then going to obviously drive down your utilization rate, unless your spending is going up, you know, at the same price. So these are some common things that we can think about, auto bill pay, asking for increases in credit limit if it makes sense that that can be favorable to our credit score. Yeah.

Tim Baker  26:20

Another, another thing you could do, like, again, if there’s parents out there of, like, kids that are starting to drive, I remember working with a pharmacist that I looked at their credit – I don’t know, they were probably born in like 1990 but their credit history stemmed back to like 1976 and I’m like, How is that possible? But their parents put them on like a Sunoco gas card. So that kind of give them an advantage, you know, early on, where, you know, typically, younger people have, you know, less than ideal credit scores. And as you get older, almost by osmosis, you know, you figure things out. And you know your accounts age, things like that, you have more of a history. But that was, you know, that’s a hack you mentioned, like, if I’m, if I’m in a good credit band, and maybe I should go through those Tim, but like a good credit band, you know, for scores, is anything excellent, is anything 750 or above. So, and I’m using FICO. FICO is, I think 90% of lenders use FICO. Vantage is another one that’s kind of come onto the scene, I think is used as well. I think they’re similar in this regard. But the score ranges anywhere from 300 to 850, anything above 750 is excellent. 700 to 749, is good. Fair Credit, 650 to 699, poor credit, 600 to 649, and anything lower than 600 is is bad. Now the average, when I look back at this in like 2018, I think the average scores was maybe like 693, in 2020 October, 2023, when I looked at this, it was like 717 which is interesting, because balances for credit, you know, for credit cards for Americans, are at all time high. Yeah, I know they’re trying to look at more like trended data. So like, if you’re if your balances are trending down versus like a snapshot. But I think it’s also important to know for people, like, what’s not used to calculate credit scores, age, sex, religion, race, marital status, zip code, if you’ve ever disputed things on a credit credit report, employment history, occupation and salary. So they don’t care if you make $200,000 or $2 million a year. It’s more about, again, your ability to be so we talk about this with the financial you know, income is not a financial plan. You know, income is not a good credit score. Sometimes people say like, oh, I make $300,000 my score should be great. They’re not. They’re not tied together. So I think it’s important to kind of understand that too, is like, what’s what’s not counted, and how  does that play a factor? 

Tim Ulbrich  28:47

And those, those may become a factor. I’m thinking about the impact the income specifically, right? If you’re, if you’re buying a home, obviously they’re looking at your credit score, but they’re looking at your debt to income ratio, in addition to the credit score as well. So alright, let’s shift gears and talk about top credit misperceptions. You gave an example of, you know, if you’re buying a car through Ford financing and you go through that application, that’s a hard inquiry, right? That might have a short term negative impact on your credit. Which leads me, I think, to one of the common misperceptions that people confuse, which is your credit score drops if you check your credit. So very different thing that we’re talking about here applying for credit versus checking your credit score. So that’s one of the most common misperceptions I hear is, hey, if I check my credit, it’s going to impact my credit score negatively. What other common misperceptions, Tim, are you typically hearing around credit?

Tim Baker  29:36

One of the big ones is like, oh, like, I’ve had this account. I’ve had this Abercrombie and Fitch credit card since, you know, I was in, you know, high school, like, should I close this account? Because this will improve my credit score? The answer is probably not, because that’ll actually ding you on your, you know, age of credit so, and I had one, I had one recently, where my my age of credit was really good, and I decided to. I had an old card. It wasn’t Abercrombie, it was something else, but I had this old car and I wasn’t using and I’m like, I’m just going to close it. I don’t have any credit decisions. And I closed it in my age of credit, took a took a hit. So, you know, that’s, that’s one of the things. You know, once you pay off an account with the derogatory markets removed from your credit report. So a lot of people like, Man, I missed the payment I got dinged and I have a 30 day lateness. Let me, let me pay it in full. And that’s going to basically go away, unfortunately, no, and I always talk about this when I talk, you know, there was a time where I did, I had this. you know, I ran my credit report, and in May of 2010, I had a 30 day pass, which I don’t know what happened there, and that stays on my credit report for seven years. So it fell off in 2017 but that was something that you know, a lender could say, you know, not so good. And I think what happens too, is, like some people, when they, you know, when they when they when maybe they’re spiraling, or they’re, they’re like, Oh, I missed it. They’re like, they kind of put their head in the sand and they like, they’re like, it is what it is. I’m not gonna be but like, those things cascade, right? So, you know, if you have a derogatory mark, like, that’s fine, but like, stem it, stem the stem the bleed in, right? You don’t want to go into a 60 day and 90 day to where you end up in collections. And I talked to pharmacists that this happens, right and that and like, to me, it’s like, all right, like, that’s in the past. Let’s like, let’s move forward. So, but that will stay on your on your record, on your credit report, for seven years. Another one I hear is like, hey, if I co sign, will that make me responsible for the account? That’s exactly what they do. So be wary when cousin Fred or brother Paul or someone else says, Hey, can you co sign this? Because you’re essentially, you know, from the from the lender perspective, they’re not putting all of their eggs in brother Paul’s or cousin Fred’s baskets. It’s now in your basket as well. So they look at this as a less risky but if your co signer acts a fool and kind of things go awry, you are on the hook for that. And you know, where we see this the most often is like parents co sign in student loans, right? So you want to make sure that you’re on your best behavior. So you don’t necessarily, you know, you know, affect your co signers credit and vice versa. You want to make sure that if you’re co signing for someone, they’re on their best behavior, so it doesn’t affect your credit. And probably the last thing up here, it’s like, oh, if I pay off this day, will I add I’m buying a house? Will I add 50 to, you know, 50 100, 150, doesn’t necessarily work like that. It’s not a it’s not a binary thing. It could help if it drops your your utilization. But it’s not necessarily like a, you know, a, you know, $1 for dollar, it’s going to, you know, increase, you know, your points, so to speak. So those are some of the misconceptions I hear, you know, the one that you brought up about like, hey, if I check myself, I don’t want to check it because I don’t want to like, affect it. If you’re applying and it’s hard, but even that, it’s 10% it’s not going to affect it that much. The big drivers are, are you paying your bills on time? And like, are you using a fraction of the credit that’s available to you? Those are going to be the big the big drivers of of this. 

Tim Baker  30:38

Tim, let’s wrap up by talking about credit security, and specifically, the difference between a credit freeze and a credit lock. I think these terms get, get thrown around a lot, perhaps interchangeably sometimes.

Tim Baker  33:27

So broad strokes, like, when, when you think about your credit like, before we get to the lock in the freeze, like, you want to monitor your credit, your credit report regularly, like, so, you know, typically, you know, if the clocks spring forward, they fall back. I think that’s a great time to do it. Admittedly, Tim has been a while since I checked mine. I actually looked at all three of them recently, because I just wanted to see how they’ve changed over the years. And you know, admittedly, I hadn’t run it. I probably ran it over the pandemic, because during the pandemic, they’re like, you can check it every month if you want. So I think monitoring is a good safeguard. I think that using strong passwords and enabling things like  two factor authentication will prevent, you know, some nefarious activity if people are trying to apply for credit in your name. So I think that’s a good thing. Setting fraud alerts, a lot of like, you know, banks now they’ll say, like, hey, we just saw Hey, Tim, did you buy that bottle of whiskey in Louisville because you live in Columbus? Like, yes, I did. Okay, get off my back. So. But a lot, you know, I’ll get an email from Credit Karma that says, like, hey, this, this happened is that is that, is that real or a bank? So, you know, credit cards do this too, so you want to be so if you can set fraud alerts, that’s good. Be cautious about sharing your personal information. Shred documents. So like, if you are, if you have documents that you get in the mail that have, like account numbers or social securities, don’t just put that in the trash can, like people take that and mine that data. So I think it’s important to you want to review bank statements, you know, credit card statements from time to time, just to make sure that that those are good to go. When we talk about the freeze, is probably the thing, right? I’m not a big like when I look think of a freeze and a lock the freeze is, I believe it’s legislated by Congress that you have to have the ability to freeze your credit, which means basically, no one can access your like, if you can authorize someone to pull your credit, but if you’ve already  frozen it, then, like, you actually have to unfreeze it before you do that. So I did that. I forgot about it. They’re like, Hey, we’re gonna pull your credit. I’m like, Cool. And they’re like, we can’t pull your credit. You have to unfreeze it. So I had to it, and it probably takes about 10 or 15 minutes on each end. So it’s kind of like, you know, you put in your identity, give a blood sample, no, I’m kidding, give a launch code. But it’s pretty it’s pretty onerous to kind of be able to freeze it and unfreeze it, so probably, like, 10 minutes on either side, if you are not making any type of like credit, granting decisions or applying for credit, freezing your credit as a normal part of your overall process should be you shouldn’t have frozen credit at all times. It can be a little bit of a pain. But if you’re not doing those things, freeze, it. The big difference between a freeze and a lock, as I understand it, is that locks are typically paid services by Equifax, Experian, TransUnion that are like, hey, for this extra fee per month, we can lock your credit and maybe you get a little bit more features. So I’m almost like, I’m good with the freeze, and that’s what I typically do. So I would say again, if you are not actively using credit, you want to have your credit frozen and then open it when you know when you do have that. Because Tim is really not a matter of, unfortunately, and I said this to a group of fellows the other day. They’re like, what? And I’m like, It’s true. It’s not a question of if your identity and some of your information is going to get stolen, it’s it’s when, in my opinion. Because you know, you have bad actors that can make a lot of money with your information, so the the more that you can do to proactively safeguard sensitive information and your credit is one of this the better, because I just think that it’s always this cat and mouse game of like, all right? Well, we do two factor, what’s the what’s the, how can we get around that, right? So I think the more that you do to safeguard your identity, your credit, the better. And I think a credit freeze is something that, and again, you can go on each of the reporting agencies and say, and they’ll walk you through how you can freeze and unfreeze it. And, yeah, another one I meant to mention, although I think one of them was hacked, was like, using a password, you know, like a like a Last Pass, or a OnePassword, things like that. I think LastPass was was hacked. But those are it. Those are better than if you’re the pharmacist that’s listening out there that has a note on their phone that that has their passwords, again, guilty as charged in the past, long ago, but you know, you want to have a password vault, so to speak, that you’re using that you know that is you’re using 12 plus characters and that type of thing.

Tim Ulbrich  38:21

Mike, our IT guy would be so proud, Tim, 

Tim Baker  38:25

Kudos to me. Yeah, exactly. 

Tim Ulbrich  38:27

Great stuff. We covered a lot. We talked about why credit matters as a part of the financial plan, how to understand and improve your credit score. We discussed some of the common misperceptions around credit and credit security as well. So our hope is to have this episode be one that we can link back to in the future. So as always, if you have some thoughts, ideas, topics you’d like to see, reach out to us [email protected] you can also go to yourfinancialpharmacist.com/ask, record a question. Let us know your thoughts. I will also put a plug next week. Our episode, a week from today, is going to be a special one. We’re bringing Joe Baker onto the show to talk about living and leaving a legacy. Joe Baker, many of you know that name. He’s the author of baker’s Dirty Dozen: Principles for Financial Independence, just a great individual, someone who’s a huge advocate for financial wellness, financial education, in the profession of pharmacy, and who is very philanthropic in his own right. And so we’re going to talk about why is giving an important part of his financial plan, and what are some of the areas of focus that he has had as he’s looking at making an impact today, leaving a legacy for tomorrow. So thank you so much everyone for listening. Have a great rest of your week, and we’ll catch you again next week. Take care.

Tim Ulbrich  39:34

As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only, and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. Furthermore, the information contained in our archive, newsletters, blog posts and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyzes expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacists, unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward looking statements which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast. Have a great rest of your week. 

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 379: Inspiring Bold Ideas: Career and Entrepreneurial Insights with Dr. Brooke Griffin


Dr. Brooke Griffin, founder of Bold Idea Group, shares her career journey in pharmacy academia to launching her own coaching business. 

This episode is brought to you by First Horizon.

Episode Summary

In this inspiring episode, Tim Ulbrich introduces Dr. Brooke Griffin, a coach, mentor, and founder of Bold Idea Group. Dr. Griffin shares her career journey in academia to eventually launching her own business, and opens up about the challenges and triumphs of her path, including the bold steps she took and valuable lessons she has learned along the way. 

This conversation is packed with practical wisdom for anyone seeking career fulfillment and personal growth. Whether you’re just starting your career or looking to make meaningful changes, Dr. Griffin’s journey and insights are sure to inspire you to take bold steps toward your own growth.

About Today’s Guest

Brooke Griffin, PharmD, BCACP is a Professor of Pharmacy Practice and Vice Chair of Clinical Services at Midwestern University College of Pharmacy, Downers Grove. With over 20 years of experience in various ambulatory care clinics, she has worked on several multidisciplinary teams and precepted hundreds of students and residents.

She is a Professional Coach in Life & Work and is passionate about offering career support through a thought-provoking and creative process. She is a coach and mentor through several pharmacy organizations and speaks nationally on various professional development topics, including the importance of coaching and mentoring, time management, and work/life integration.

In 2022 she launched Bold Idea Group with a mission to inspire bold ideas from within. Her motivational podcast, Today’s Bold Idea, offers a five minute inspirational boost to start your day. She is on this self-development journey alongside all of you and believes “every pharmacist deserves a coach.”

Key Points from the Episode

  • Introduction and Overview [0:00]
  • Upcoming YFP Webinar [0:33]
  • First Horizon Home Loan Information [1:24]
  • Dr. Brooke Griffin’s Career Journey [3:23]
  • Transition to Academia and Work-Life Integration [6:45]
  • Challenges and Opportunities in Academia [8:58]
  • Starting Bold Idea Group [23:12]
  • Balancing Academia and Entrepreneurship [36:48]
  • Lessons Learned and Reflections [38:30]
  • Conclusion and Contact Information [43:46]

Episode Highlights

“Out of all the clients I’ve worked with, it is very rarely about leaving their current job. It’s really this job crafting aspect of thinking about is it a task that needs to be done differently? Is it a relationship that needs to be looked at differently? Is it a mindset? And most of the time, it’s mindset. We always start with mindset.” – Dr. Brooke Griffin [25:32]

“Because we know that our academic careers are demanding, and we know that it’s not a nine to five job. There’s a lot of things you’re doing on nights and weekends to fulfill that role. And the first thing I always tell people is, whatever idea you have for a side hustle, it cannot feel burdensome because you will not last. It has to be energy giving.” – Dr. Brooke Griffin [33:35] 

“When you start a side hustle or start your entrepreneurial journey, you are learning a new language. You are taking baby steps. Everything seems new and everything seems scary, and being able to embrace that beginner’s mindset again is something that I really treasure.” – Dr. Brooke Griffin [43:08]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich  00:00

Hey everybody. Tim Ulbrich here and thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast, where each week we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. This week, I welcome Dr. Brooke Griffin, who is a coach and mentor through several pharmacy organizations, and speaks nationally on various professional development topics, including the importance of coaching and mentoring, time management and work life integration. In 2022 she launched her business, Bold Idea Group, with a mission to inspire bold ideas from within. During the show, we discussed her career journey in pharmacy, why and how she started Bold Idea Group, and lessons that she has learned along the way, including advice that she would give her former self, both as it relates to her academic career and starting a business. Our next YFP webinar is just around the corner on October 7, at 9pm Eastern. This free webinar titled “Aliquot Investing: Small Investments in Big Real Estate Investing” will be led by YFP Real Estate Investing Podcast co-hosts Nate Hedrick and David Bright. This webinar will explore how syndications fit into a well rounded real estate investment strategy, especially for busy pharmacists who don’t have time to source, vet and manage real estate investments. In this webinar, David and Nate will be joined by Alex Cartwright, an economist who has also led syndication projects, including one in which both David and Nate have invested themselves. You can learn more about this webinar and register at yourfinancialpharmacist.com/syndication. 

Tim Ulbrich  01:28

All right, let’s hear from today’s sponsor, First Horizon, and then we’ll jump into my interview with Dr. Brooke Griffin. Does saving 20% for a down payment on a home feel like an uphill battle? It’s no secret that pharmacists have a lot of competing financial priorities, including high student loan debt, meaning that saving 20% for a down payment on a home may take years. For several years now, we’ve been partnering with First Horizon, who offers a professional home loan option, AKA a doctor or pharmacist loan that requires a 3% down payment for a single family home or townhome for first time homebuyers, has no PMI and offers a 30 year fixed rate mortgage on home loans up to $766,550 in most areas. The pharmacist home loan is available in all states except Alaska and Hawaii, and can be used to purchase condos as well, however, rates may be higher and a condo review has to be completed. While I’ve personally worked with First Horizon before and had a great experience with Tony and his team, don’t just take it from me. Here’s what Emily from Prattville, Alabama had to say about her experience with First Horizon: “Clear communication and excellent guidance from Gail and Cindy throughout the entire process. I greatly appreciated the fact that everything was digital, because I’m allergic to paper! The ability to upload inside everything digitally made the process very efficient, which I prefer. This was by far the best mortgage process I have experienced. This is my seventh when counting refinances.” So to check out the requirements for First Horizon’s, pharmacist home loan and to start the pre-approval process, visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan. Again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan. 

Tim Ulbrich  01:52

Brooke, welcome to the show.

Brooke Griffin  03:10

Thank you, Tim, thanks so much for having me.

Tim Ulbrich  03:13

So excited to have you here. This has been a while in the making. We ran across each other at ASHP mid year in the airport, flying home from California, and reconnected on what you’re working on, on the entrepreneurial sides of things. I said, Hey, we’ve got to have you on the podcast to share your entrepreneurial journey, and we’re going to do that, but before we get to that, tell us a little bit about your career journey, what led you into the profession, where’d you complete your pharmacy training and what your focus has been in your academic career?

Brooke Griffin  03:44

Yeah, sure. Well, thank you so much for having me. And I feel like our paths have crossed a couple of times, and even before I saw you in the airport, you were so generous with your time when we had a phone call when I was just starting this journey and thinking about how to build something while working in academia. So I very much followed in your footsteps. So thank you for going first, Tim. Or one of the first because you inspired me. You helped me a lot that day when we talked. So what got me into pharmacy? Well, I was a very confused high school student and wasn’t sure what I wanted to do, and I had a huge chip on my shoulder, and I was very stubborn, and I thought I, you know, didn’t want to go to school for very long because I was 17 and really stubborn, but I wanted to be able to support myself and have a service aspect to my job that it felt impactful. I feel like a lot of pharmacists say they wanted to help people. I think I was too selfish for that, but I knew I just wanted to have some sort of impact in my role. And so a friend of mine, her older sister, was going to pharmacy school, and back in the day before there were like, websites and virtual tours that you could go to, you would go to campuses and spend the night with an upperclassman to really get the feel. And so I just fell in love with this idea of going to school for five years and having this great degree and being in healthcare. And ended up going to Massachusetts College of Pharmacy and graduated with my PharmD, which ended up taking six years, and then added a residency to that. So my bold idea at age 17 with getting out in five years ended up being seven, but I fell in love with pharmacy, basically.

Tim Ulbrich  05:28

And that led to an academic career that you’ve been on for some time now. So tell us about your journey into academia. When did you know that was the right path for you, and what’s been your focus in that area?

Brooke Griffin  05:39

It was during APPYs. So I did an academic rotation with one of my favorite professors, Dr. Lynn Sylvia, and she really gave us a behind the scenes look at what faculty do, and it was so much more than what the student sees from the lecture hall. And she introduced us to kind of a three legged stool of teaching, service and scholarship, and all the organizations that faculty are part of, and how they really enrich their professional development continuously. And I had no idea that this was even an option for me after graduating with a PharmD and then completing a residency. So that really set me on my path. I also had a strong interest in ambulatory care, so that was also solidified during appys. So thankfully, I found a residency that combined both ambulatory care and a ton of teaching, and that was with Midwestern University. And then when I completed the residency, they offered me a job to stay on.

Tim Ulbrich  06:35

We didn’t know each other at the time, but very similar path. So I went down a residency in ambulatory care that had an academic component opened up my eyes to teaching scholarship, service, and that’s one of the things I loved about academia, is especially for those that like to create and build there are so many opportunities, whether it’s in the classroom, teaching, whether it’s at a clinical site teaching, whether it’s in scholarship teaching, even In service. Opportunities like there are a ton of ways to be entrepreneurial and build inside of an academic environment. And I think the flexibility that can be afforded there and the creativity that can be afforded there is really unlike many other roles. And you shared with me several weeks ago, and we had talked leading up to this podcast, that early in your academic career, you went to four days a week, a 0.8 full time position. Why did you decide to go down that path? What? What did that allow you to do? And how did that help pave the way for others to do that as well? 

Brooke Griffin  07:32

Yeah, it was 2009 after the birth of my first child. I had this calling on my heart to work part time, and I wanted to stay in my current role, and I felt so strongly about it that if it wasn’t going to be approved in my current role, I was seriously thinking about, what else could I do with with my career? So you know, all you can do is ask, and it was not an immediate yes. And it was a great lesson in that, you know, nothing is given, even if you are a hard worker and you feel like you’re putting incredible value in, day in and day out, your asks are sometimes not always granted. And it really surprised me thinking that it was, you know, 2009 2010, and I was really the first person to have this request. We had a couple of part time faculty who came in as part time to do some labs and workshops, and that was a little bit different. I was the first one to ask to be reduced. So it took about a year, Tim, for it to get approved through all of the appropriate channels. And if you’re in academia, you know, things take a very long time and a ton of non fillable PDFs. So you know, thankfully, I had a couple of at a mentor and my immediate supervisor, my chair, who who were supportive of me and kind of vouched for me and advocated for me and said, I know Brooke will be able to do this if she goes down to 0.8 and there were some conditions that I had to agree to, and I didn’t have Your Financial Pharmacist to lean on at the time to help me navigate that decision. So ultimately, I have no regrets. And really what it did is it gave me that work life integration that I was looking for. And for some of you who are listening, you may think, well, one day is that, was that really enough? And for me, it was. I know that there have been other faculty who’ve been able to go down to point six, and that’s the right balance for them. Point eight was the right balance for me. And so what it was able to do then is open up the door for several faculty behind me. And it wasn’t necessarily a lot easier, but it was somewhat easier. So there were two faculty that were able to put together a job share proposal. They each were point six to make up a 1.2 FTE that was really unique. And then we even published an article, Tim, that showed our productivity 18 months before going part time and 18 months going after part time. And who would have guessed it, our scholarship was way up 18 months after going part time. Because, you know, when you start a family and you have limited time in your day and then limited time on the job with being point eight or point six, you know how to get things done in the precious minutes of the day. And not that anyone is slacking off before, not to say that, but we were just able to really hunker down and fulfill our goals, regardless of the point 8 or point 6.

Tim Ulbrich  10:28

Yeah, forces and efficiency, right? That for sure. And if you’ll send us that article, we’d love to link that in the show notes. I think others would be interested in reading that, and the data helps, right? If people are thinking about making some of these proposals. I love what you shared that all you can do is ask, and even if the answer is no, doesn’t mean no forever, and it doesn’t mean that’s personal either. I mean, sometimes we’re just inside of structures and organizations where they may not be the flexibility or the creativity yet for these positions. I think we’re seeing an evolution in this space. Thankfully. I love the example you gave of two part time folks coming together for, you know, a hybrid role. And I think with the right leadership and the right conversations and the right approach, there can be a solution here, but doesn’t always mean it’s going to be on the first ask, right? And I think academic roles, the other one, I hear a lot about our VA roles – pharmacists who often will run up against barriers in proposing these types of things, but may get creative with two halftime positions, you know, replacing a full time clinical role. 

Brooke Griffin  11:29

Yeah, you’re right. And I think sometimes some leaders fear that I’m going to open the door, and the floodgates will open, and now everyone will want to request to go part time. And I can just share, from my own experience, that was not the case. There are obviously the majority of faculty who like working full time and prefer to work full time. Everyone has their own unique circumstance, and I’m thankful that they took a chance on me and that it’s been a successful model for us.

Tim Ulbrich  11:53

I have a question related to the passion that you have for your academic work, and I think this is very much going to connect to our discussion around the work that you’re doing and what you’ve been building at Bold Idea Group, your business. And the question relates to running towards something versus running away from something. I talk with a lot of pharmacists that perhaps may not be satisfied in their current role, and the desire for something else, very much as a running away from something versus running towards something. And two very different things, two very different things, from from an energy perspective, from a mindset perspective, from a motivation perspective. And one thing you shared with me several weeks ago leading up to this interview is that despite the business growth that you’ve had and the efforts that you don’t want to leave academia. That’s an area for you that has been fulfilling, that work has been able to really align with your passion, your interest, where you’re adding value to others. Tell us more about that. Where does that passion for your academic work and role come from? That it allows you to then build something else on the side as well, that you can really be moving towards that effort, not running away from what you’re currently doing.

Brooke Griffin  13:05

Yes, yeah, great question. And I talk with so many pharmacists who are going through the same thing, where they feel like they they’re running away from something. So I can definitely relate to that. I love academia. I love my faculty role. I love working with my colleagues in this space. I love working with students and the next generation of pharmacists. I love the autonomy and all of the flexibility that we talked about earlier that comes with this role, even if not all of my asks are my choice. I usually have flexibility to make it my own when I do a course or when I do a certain lecture or workshop, and for me, that’s enough. But it hasn’t been all roses. I mean, there was a time about five years ago when this all kind of started with my side business that I felt really stuck in academia. I reached all of the accolades that you could in academia, in terms of Associate Professor and full professor, I was tenure track with pretty much secured that I was going to achieve tenure, and I just hit a brick wall. And no one, no one really tells you that’s going to happen after you reach full professor. And I it was a big time of growth for me, because I didn’t realize how ambitious I was, and that when I didn’t see the next rung on that ladder that’s so well laid out in academia, that that made me really nervous, and when I realized I didn’t really want to ascend in traditional academic leadership roles, that was another sign that, Okay, what else is going to fulfill me here? I love my job. There’s certain aspects I didn’t like about it, and there were some days that I really liked my job, but the love was kind of missing. So I was feeling like I was on this constant seesaw, which made me feel stuck. And that’s when I sought out my first coach and really started asking myself some really deep, insightful, hard questions. Like, what do you want this next chapter of your career to look like? Where is your passion going to come from? And we have a word for that now, and that’s job crafting. I didn’t have that term when I was going through this on my own. I’ve kind of scrapped it together by listening to a ton of podcasts and reading a bunch of books and collecting questions and journaling at home, some of it facilitated by a coach, which was really helpful. So now I look at this time in my career where I am building something on the side that brings me immense joy, and sometimes the day job doesn’t provide all of that joy that it once did. That’s okay. I have this business on the side which is doing it for me, but there are certainly aspects about the job that I absolutely love, and I am not ready to to leave that yet. 

Tim Ulbrich  15:48

It’s interesting as you’re sharing about being stuck, you know, you’re taking back, me back and my own academic journey. And one of the things that you share that really resonates with me and maybe many listeners as well, is that often we don’t realize that there’s some of these external motivations here. We’re talking about promotion and tenure, right? Where, you know, said or unsaid in the system, we’re kind of trained to be like that’s the definition of success, right? And you see this language used all over the place, in different types of books or resources. This is not a pharmacist, academic or even a pharmacy type of thing. What we’re talking about is climbing a first mountain climbing a second mountain type of discussion. And I think when you check off those boxes, which are a necessary part of the process, they have value. And getting to that point, I think where you realize like, Hey, I’ve checked those boxes, those are all external affirmations that may or may not always align internally. And what I hear you sharing is you’re beginning to build the business, and have been building the business is there’s very much an inside out type of motivation of what you’re building and how you’re serving and helping others, and that is a whole different level of achievement, success, whatever you want to call it. You know, joy is a word that I heard, and obviously the work that you’re doing to serve others as well. So I just I love how you painted that picture. Really beautiful.

Brooke Griffin  17:07

Yeah, thank you. I think you hit the nail on the head. When I was feeling stuck and relying on some of those external validations for success, I couldn’t really name my strengths and the values that I brought to the table, and it was really hard for me to see how I was adding value every day to the job, and I realized that this is going to be an internal job to figure this out, and that’s when I made a commitment to myself that I’m going to invest in myself and figure this out. And I wouldn’t be successful in as a business owner today if I didn’t do that work, if I didn’t have such a strong idea of who I am and how I’m showing up, and what value I bring and what my strengths are, but that’s a lot of hard work of self discovery to get there, and some of us choose to stay in the discomfort and because, you know the future is uncertain, and you know we’re not sure what this is going to uncover, but I was willing to take that risk because I knew I wanted this next chapter to be fulfilling. The other thing that was really helpful to me was there was, there’s this podcast called Disrupt Yourself with Whitney Johnson. She’s got this concept of an S curve, and she says that when you reach mastery and anything that you do, you’re at the top of the S curve, and you’re you’re ready to launch, you’re ready to jump onto something new, because as humans, we need to get to the bottom of the next S curve to learn something new, to gain mastery in something and we’re constantly doing this throughout our careers. So that was really insightful for me to see. Okay, I’m at the top of my S curve. I’m ready to learn something new. I’m ready for a new challenge, and but it’s not going to be leaving my job and finding a new job. It’s going to be finding a passion project that aligns so well with my strengths and my values, and now I get to use those tools in the day job, and I get to use those tools with my business.

Tim Ulbrich  18:48

Yeah, Brooke, it sounds like as you were going through your own journey, as you described the S curve, it really forced some deep reflection questions that are big, scary questions, who am I? Who am I? What do I want? And this is why I think these earlier stages are so important that we shouldn’t…the goal shouldn’t be to avoid some of these walls we, you know, find ourselves butting up against, and some of these bigger questions that come because it’s through these moments that I think we’re afforded the opportunity for some of the self discovery. And I don’t think this ends either which is, which is beautiful, very beautiful. 

Brooke Griffin  19:24

No, you’re you’re just quickly, you’re sort of reminded me of something that there, you know during this time that I felt really stuck. I couldn’t really identify what made something a good day or what made something a bad day. I knew that I would leave with certain feelings, and so what I kind of forced myself to do was to just jot down a couple of notes at the end of each day, like what really lit me up today and what really brought my energy down. And this quick exercise, even just after a few weeks, I started to see some patterns, Tim, that it was always these types of activities that lit me up, and it was always these one or two people that really brought my energy down. So that helped me find some lanes to stay in. In terms of I’m going to push myself forward, if I’m going to do something outside of work, if I’m going to capitalize on my strengths, it’s in these areas that would be a great start.

Tim Ulbrich  20:16

And I think that’s great advice for our listeners that may be feeling some of that restlessness. Sometimes this presents as chronic irritability, chronic anger, right at this undertone type of level. But like, what’s behind that? And just journaling on it, getting curious. I love what you shared about like, what are those activities? What are the moments of the day where you feel like, regardless of time spent, you feel like it’s energy filling, bucket filling. And what are those moments and times of the day, regardless of time spent where you’re like, oh my gosh, if I had to do that for 15 more minutes, I’m gonna go crazy, right? And not to say we’re gonna find ourselves in roles that those things necessarily go away. I mean, I can even speak as making that transition from, you know, what was the dream right into owning my own business? Like, there are real challenges, there are highs, there’s lows – this is part of life. But I think being equipped with some of those things where it’s like, Hey, these are the areas that I really feel like I’m in that zone of genius, and I really can contribute and align the time I’m spending, the energy I have, with the efforts that hopefully can come out of that. I want to ask you, I think many pharmacists, and I’ll put myself in this category, as I started the business back in 2015 really struggle with the idea of making an investment in themselves in the form of something like hiring a coach. You mentioned how integral that was in your own journey, and I think there’s several factors. It’s an investment of time, it’s an investment of money, and it’s raising your hand to say, I really want to look internally and put that mirror up, right and get into some of the uncomfortable space. So how were you able to get over that hump to say that I am going to make an investment of time, of money, I am going to make this investment of self-discovery without necessarily knowing where that was going to go on the other end?

Brooke Griffin  21:59

Yeah, great question. And I think this is something that a lot of people do face, because it’s not only time, it’s money, it’s energy you have. You don’t want to pay for something, and kind of just put 50% in. So for me, it really was kind of hitting rock bottom in a professional feeling way, not in a mental health space kind of way, but in a and I don’t know where else to go. I had wonderful mentors, Tim, my entire career, I’ve been so blessed with wonderful mentors, and there was one who really just saw me for me, and could cheer me on with my triumphs, and could listen to me cry and not think I was, you know, a mess. And we got to a point where our meetings became more social. I think I just ran out of questions to ask. I didn’t know what questions to ask. And as a mentor, she wasn’t in a position where she could help me, because she’d never been there before, which that’s how mentors help us. They’ve been to where we aspire to go. So that was a big aha moment for me, that I’m going to need a different kind of career support. I’ve never had a coach before. I didn’t know how coaches could help pharmacists, but it was something I was just willing to try. I work with a lot of faculty, Tim, and for those of you who aren’t academia, a lot of faculty positions have professional development funds that the department allows you to use for books or conferences or travel. So I’ve worked with a lot of faculty who are able to use some of those funds to for that initial investment. So for anyone out there who’s considering it, that’s just something to keep in mind that we can kind of think outside of the box about how we can fund something like this. 

Tim Ulbrich  23:35

Yeah, and my personal experiences. I mean, of course, if we can get somebody to help with the bill, that’s great. My personal experiences in us, investing in resources that have helped us as we’ve grown the business, as well as our clients, investing in us is that there’s an important step of intentionality that comes when you have skin in the game. I mean, this is night and day. I know we’ve all been told this, but it really is true that, and to be clear, I have invested in coaching services that have been a clear ROI, and I have invested in other coaching services that I look back on, that they had a great learning experience, and I didn’t know all the things going into it, but it wasn’t necessarily a positive ROI, and that’s going to happen, you know, especially as you continue to make this an area priority. But when you have some skin of the game, you come with a different mindset. That’s just a matter of fact, I can tell you that over and over again from clients that we’ve worked with, whether it’s investing or student loan repayment, any part of the financial plan, when you are making that investment of time and money, you come ready, and I think that very much is going to help yield some of the results. So with that in mind, let’s talk about your business and offering the Bold Idea Group. We’re going to link to the website in the show notes. What is the Bold Idea Group? Give us a 60 commercial about the problem you’re solving and how you’re solving that problem. 

Brooke Griffin  24:53

I help pharmacists who are feeling stuck in their careers who need a different kind of career support. So I offer coaching, consulting and speaking for organizations and individuals who want something different, want a positive change in their career, and they’re not sure of the how, and through the coaching process, and through this aspect of curiosity and asking really powerful questions, and this investment of time and energy and space and holding space for people, we really figure it out, whether it’s, you know, work, life, integration, improvements, a different area of fulfillment, focusing on a specific aspect of your career. I’ll tell you, Tim, out of all the clients I’ve worked with, it is very rarely leaving their current job. It’s really this job crafting aspect of thinking about is it a task that needs to be done differently? Is it a relationship that needs to be looked at differently? Is it a mindset? And most of the time, it’s it’s mindset, we always start with mindset.

Tim Ulbrich  25:55

I mean, sometimes it’s a difficult conversation that we need to have, that we’ve been avoiding, that unlocks things going forward, right? Sometimes it’s a different perspective we’re bringing into the work culture environment. And I don’t know for some people if they hear that and they’re like, ah, darn it, like I was hoping that this would help me go, you know, to something else. But I find that very interesting, because I think it’s easy, and I’ve been in these moments, it’s easy where if we feel stuck, if we feel overwhelmed, confused, frustrated, we’re having those difficulties in the positions the grass always look greener on the other side. And I think with experience, you know, I’ve come to realize, as I alluded to a little bit ago, that there’s always challenges that’s just a part of life, and it’s our mindset of how we’re approaching those. And if we come at it with a mindset, mentality of, hey, difficult things are going to happen today or this week or this month in this season of life that’s a part of life. How do I see those, learn from those things and continue to move forward? But that doesn’t surprise me, and actually excites me that often, it’s almost helping people get unstuck in their current environments, right?

Brooke Griffin  26:59

Absolutely. Even just speaking for myself, when I started working with a coach, everything around me started changing, Tim. My, you know, definitely my approach to work, how I showed up at work, but the relationship started changing. And then I thought, wow, okay, I’m changing. I’m changing, and that’s what’s causing all of these other things to change. And it was just a total positive, level up that I needed to fuel this next chapter of my career.

Tim Ulbrich  27:30

And I would argue, Brooke, that’s richer change, right, because that’s inside out change, not outside in. I mean, we can change environments, yeah, and that may lead to some internal change, but we’re obviously changing things outside of our environment, and that may be the right move as well. But that inside out change, when you go through that self discovery, you look at the mindset, you look at, hey, how am I showing up every day? That’s going to transcend any environment you’re in which is, which is really exciting.

Brooke Griffin  27:56

Absolutely, I had, I tell the story that there was a colleague at work who I was having a lot of friction with, and I realized that I had some responsibility in that, but I just didn’t figure out what was going on, like, why there was all this friction, and our relationship has totally transformed. But, you know, we never went to couples counseling. You know, it was just I showed up differently. I was able to just approach the situation totally differently.

Tim Ulbrich  28:20

Although, to be fair, we could use a version of couples counseling in academia, right. 

Brooke Griffin  28:24

Somebody start that business, please!

Tim Ulbrich  28:26

One of the things I like to talk through with people that have built something is, where did it start? And where is it today? And we know the evolution’s not over. Of course, you’re going to continue to evolve and tweak as you find out what’s having an impact and what meets your needs as well. But for people that are thinking of an idea that maybe they have or something they want to start, whether it’s going to generate revenue or not, I think it can be very overwhelming to see someone’s current version without understanding how it’s evolved. And more often than not, it’s evolved over time, right? And it went from idea to version one to version two, version 3, 4, 5, 6 and to the current state. And there’s been things that have worked, things that haven’t worked. And the more we share that, I think it’s a breath of fresh air to say like, Brooke doesn’t have it all figured out. Tim doesn’t have it all figured out, like I’m learning. And some things work daily. Some things don’t work daily. So how does the current version look different from where you started? What has this evolution looked like in the business? 

Brooke Griffin  29:30

Great question. One of my favorite quotes by Mel Robbins is “Confidence is the willingness to try.” That it doesn’t come after you get success or after you have so many wins. Like confidence comes from trying something and realizing you’re going to get back up and try something again. And that really fueled me in the beginning, when I started thinking about, okay, what are my strengths? What are my values? What could I offer this world? Where do I want to have impact? When do I want to have impact? I started with a free group coaching program. And my quote business name at the time, even though it wasn’t an established business, was 21st Century PharmD, and it started as a weekly blog, and I had an Instagram account, and I made my own website from scratch. And I’m not a tech person, so I’m super proud of that experience. And it looked like a non tech person created a website, and the students told me that the colors hurt their eyes. I mean, it was just an awful version of a website, but I was so proud to put this thing together and publish my blog there weekly, and I started a little Facebook group where people could get personal and professional development. I thought in the beginning, like you said, the evolvement, I thought this was going to be targeted towards students, personal and professional development for students, the things you’d get outside of the classroom. And then I offered a group coaching program for students and for faculty for free, that was in 2020 and told them that I’m going to ask you for your feedback on what worked well here, and I’m also going to use this to figure out, do I like coaching? Do I like facilitating this group, and the answers to both those questions were yes, yes, people liked it, and yes, I liked it. And then working with another coach, decided, okay, what’s really next for me? And all signs were pointing to get coach training. So in 2021 I completed my coaching certification, and then in 2022 rebranded as Bold Idea Group, because I realized that all of this content I was putting out there through the Facebook group and through the weekly blogs, my peers were resonating with the content, sometimes even more than the students who hadn’t been in the workforce yet. I was really speaking to this mid career pharmacist and the mid career faculty member who just didn’t know where to go after reaching some success, but all of a sudden, felt stuck for a variety of reasons. So I rebranded in 2022 to be Bold Idea Group. And yeah, so that’s where we are today, offering group coaching and one on one coaching and more speaking engagements.

Tim Ulbrich  31:56

And I love the rebrand, but I also love the initial version for all the reasons you mentioned, right? I what I hear there is you’re sharing is that you are willing to try, you’re willing to test, your you were willing to tinker and evolve and change, and you were listening to what your audience was saying. That was a value to them. And those are some of the best businesses to build. And I think that, you know, if we think about this like an iceberg, right? Often, the first $1000, $10,000 $100,000 that a business will earn, that’s the tip of the iceberg. Oh, and by the way, what you actually see often, if you translated that to an hourly wage of time invested it took to get there, like maybe minimum wage at best, right? But all underneath the water is all of these things behind the scenes that nobody sees, and that’s why I say it’s so important when people are building something, there has to be an alignment with a very strong why and purpose with a problem you’re trying to solve, because it will grind you down otherwise. But back to what we were just talking about previously, of time that you spend that can be bucket filling energy, filling time that you spend that may be not when you’re building something that you really feel like is adding value, is providing transformation to people. I don’t want to speak for you, but I’m guessing you could write several hours on something, and there’s energy that’s coming from that, because you can see the impact that it can have. Certainly that doesn’t mitigate that. It’s hard. It takes time. There’s other priorities of how you could be spending your time, but I love to hear the evolution of that; that’s really great, 

Brooke Griffin  33:25

Yes. You know, maybe we’ll talk about this a little bit too, but a lot of faculty and pharmacists ask me about what it’s like to have a side hustle, or where do you find the time, or where do you find the energy? Because we know that our academic careers are demanding, and we know that it’s not a nine to five job. There’s a lot of things you’re doing on nights and weekends to fulfill that role. And what I the first thing I always tell people is, whatever idea you have for a side hustle, it cannot feel burdensome. Yep, because you will, it will not last. It has to be energy giving. 

Tim Ulbrich  33:56

I remember you took me right back Brooke, when I’ve got four boys now, 13 down to five, but when I started YFP, my oldest was four, my second was two, and we were just about ready to have my third. I remember them being very, very young, and late nights writing. Late nights doing webinar. But it never felt like work. It really didn’t. And, you know, it was that constant feeling of, you know, providing value, helping people along in their own journey, and just the incredible relationships that have been formed, the amount of learning I’ve been able to do from talking with individuals such as yourself. So yeah, great wisdom there, and what you’re sharing. And speaking of trying, you recently started a podcast! Today’s Bold Idea: Mindset, Motivation and Coaching for Pharmacists. We’ll link to that podcast in the show notes. What was the thought behind starting a podcast? I think that’s something that a lot of people struggle with, is I only have so much time. You know, should I be focused on social media? Should I be focused on YouTube? Should I do a podcast? What led you down that path?

Brooke Griffin  35:02

So I mentioned before that when I first started 21st century PharmD, I had a weekly blog, and I really loved that weekly blog, and I made a promise to myself, I was going to do it weekly for 52 weeks. And I did. I accomplished that goal, and then I took time off to get coaching certification, and when I rebranded Bold Idea Group, I really wanted to think about what is going to be my venue, what is going to be my forum, what is going to be my way of getting my message out there? And I realized that I wanted to try something different than blogging, and I had this whisper of starting a podcast. I did have a podcast very briefly with 21st Century PharmD, but it was all interview style. So my idea for this podcast was to produce something positive and short that someone could listen to every day before they got out of their car and walked in that door, or in between meetings when they just felt completely like helpless and hopeless. I actually started a podcast, Tim, that I was looking for –  a short, brief, positivity boost that came from someone who kind of understood this field. And there are lots of podcasts out there, as you know, I couldn’t find one that was exactly what I was looking for. And I had this, I had this joy that was coming from posting daily in my Facebook group. And I thought, Well, if that’s bringing me so much joy, I wonder what it would be like to produce it in more of an audio format. And again, let’s just try this. Let’s just throw some spaghetti on the wall and see what happens. And it’s been, it’s been really, really incredible, Tim, just I am getting messages from community pharmacists who have been a community pharmacist for 30 years, you know, telling me that they’re thankful that they’re able to listen to this, and I’m thankful that I’m a part of their day. I mean, they have so much on their plate and so much pressure. Yes, it’s a complete honor. And so we’ll see where it goes. And I’m not quite at daily yet, and I’m at three days a week, but I’m working my way there. So I also tell myself, and I say this on the podcast, is that I am taking imperfect action every day, and that’s looks. That’s a three day a week podcast when you told yourself you would produce daily. So I’m getting there.

Tim Ulbrich  37:12

I love the short form aspect of it. I was looking at your show, stream, 3, 5, 7, 9, minutes, right? Very short form content.  Inspirational. It’s vulnerable, it’s real. So I love what you’re doing there. Keep going, keep building. Thanks. I love the commitment to you know, whether it’s writing or to this, it’s so important. Because I think when you have a new idea, there’s inevitably an energy and a surge that comes you’re getting started, that eventually you will hit a point, and no matter what you’re building, anyone’s building that you’re like, What am I doing? Is this worth my time? And to really fight through that and make a commitment to yourself that I’m going to do this for a certain period of time and then reassess, you know, from there. 

Brooke Griffin  37:56

That’s right, yes, and and nothing’s a failure. You know? It’s all, it’s all building something. 

Tim Ulbrich  38:02

I do want to give a shout out here, if any pharmacist is listening, not only to check out Brooke’s show, we’ll link to that in show note, but if any pharmacist is listening that is thinking about starting their own podcast, Kim Newlove is a fantastic resource. Kim is the founder of the Pharmacist Voice, a fellow Ohioan, has some great resources available to pharmacists that are thinking of starting their own podcast. And I just love the passion, the energy she has, the way she wants to serve and help others. So we’ll link to some of Kim’s resources as well in the show notes. Brooke, let’s wrap up by doing some reflection backwards, first on your academic career, and then we’ll do it on your entrepreneurial career. As it relates your academic career, what are some key lessons that you’ve learned along the way? What would you tell your early career academic self?

Brooke Griffin  38:54

Another one of my favorite quotes is, “Be yourself. Everyone else is taken.” by Oscar Wilde. And in academia, maybe it’s like this and other pharmacy niches, there’s a very there’s very much a cookie cutter approach to how we do our work, down to how many lecture hours somebody has, how many APPY students somebody takes, the number of courses people are involved in. There’s a model for workload equity that people kind of look the same and do the same things, and even in order to get promoted, the same types of activities are encouraged. It’s hard to think outside of the box, and it’s hard to be that person in academia, and I found myself a square peg trying to fit herself into a round hole in many aspects, in committee meetings, in courses I was involved in in bold ideas that I had that just seemed so completely out of the box that people made it seem like it was unrealistic and unattainable. So I think I would tell myself that you being unique. And bringing your ideas to the table is valuable, and sometimes it takes just finding the right ears and the right support to get there. So if you don’t have an internal mentor, if you don’t see anyone at your institution who kind of gets you, there are so many opportunities to find mentorship in external organizations. Almost every pharmacy org has a mentorship program. So I would say, keep finding to find that career support so that you don’t lose any aspect of your uniqueness.

Tim Ulbrich  40:32

I love that, and it reminds me, Brooke of the visual that came to mind as you’re sharing is that we all, we all have an internal flame that sometimes loses its fire over time, and I think having others around us, mentors, community, colleagues, friends, spouses, whatever that you know, can really help us identify, see that and ignite. Help us reignite that flame is so important. It also reminded me one of my favorite quotes that I listen to every day as a part of a morning affirmation from Rabbi Zusa. It says, “In the coming world, they will not ask me, why were you not Moses? They will ask me, why were you not Zusa?” Goes back to those questions, right? Who are you? What do you want? And what does that? What does that look like? How about on the entrepreneurial side, obviously, more near term journey that you’ve been on. But what are a couple of lessons that you’ve learned thus far along your entrepreneurial journey?

Brooke Griffin  41:27

When I started blogging, and I hit publish on that for the very first time, and I had lived in this academic world for my entire career, when even the good ideas take 18 months to see implementation, and you need a lot of approvals to get things done, to have an idea, to write about it and to hit click and publish and have it go out on social media was incredibly freeing, and as nervous and as scared as I was, and even that very first blog hit some, you know, little controversy that I wasn’t expecting. And I almost shut down the whole thing, but I think I was really nervous about what my colleagues might say the next Monday. Like, What is everyone gonna say about Brooke putting her ideas out there in the world, and now she’s got a blog, and who does she think she is? I probably can count on one hand how many people have asked me about that blog out of all the people that I work with. I think people are assuming that everybody’s kind of watching each other. But what the experts say is true is that everyone is just so laser focused in their own lane that it just really reinforces that we have to do what feels good to us, as long as we’re not harming anybody or saying anything offensive. That you know, if that’s the impact you want to have on the world, it really doesn’t matter what anyone else thinks. I think the other thing, the other big lesson that I had, was being able to embrace the beginner’s mindset. When you’re in academia for so long, you know how to do a lecture. You know how to run a course. You know how to have APPY students. You know how to run a committee. When you start a side hustle or start your entrepreneurial journey, you are learning a new language. You are taking baby steps. You everything seems new and everything seems scary, and being able to embrace that beginner’s mindset again, is something that I really treasure. And there was someone I follow, and she said something like, you’ll never be at this point in your entrepreneurial journey again. This beginning stage is so beautiful, and there’s so much growth that happens. You know, from zero to your first 100k that’s just so amazing. You’ll never be here again, so cherish all of the ups and downs and the good and the bad that comes during this time.

Tim Ulbrich  43:46

A lot of wisdom there, and I think the holding the space to allow for the conflicting emotions as you were talking, it reminded me of like the excitement and anticipation that was present with the fear. Both were there. And you even talked about, you didn’t use the words inner critic, but when you were sharing of your own journey and publishing that first blog post, like, pay attention to those voices. I’m not speaking to Brooke. I’m speaking, you know, more broadly. Like, well, that’s interesting. Like, who is that? What are they saying? Where does that come from? And, you know, I think just an awareness and a curiosity to those will really start to unlock and that is one of the most beautiful things of this journey. I always say, second to parenting my four boys, entrepreneurship is challenged me to grow and stretch in ways I could have never imagined. And those have been painful at times, and they’ve been beautiful at times. And I wouldn’t change it for anything, but I think that holding the space for some of that inner awareness as you’re going through not only building whatever you’re building, but also what is the transformation that’s happening inside as well. 

Brooke Griffin  44:56

Well said. 

Tim Ulbrich  44:57

As we wrap up, what is the best place that our listeners can go to connect with you and learn more the about the work that you’re doing. 

Brooke Griffin  45:04

Oh, thank you, Tim. For any listeners who are on Facebook, I have a Facebook group called Bold Idea Group. I post every day at 5am something inspirational, motivational. I’m also publishing the podcast called Today’s Bold Idea three days a week right now, working myself up to daily. My website is boldideagroup.com, and I’ve been fortunate enough to be invited to a couple of colleges of pharmacy and other organizations to even just present some of these ideas about job crafting, speaking to a larger audience. For those of you who aren’t necessarily ready for one on one coaching or group coaching.

Tim Ulbrich  45:40

Awesome. We will link to all those in the show notes, the website, the podcast page, the Facebook group, so that folks can go in and learn more and connect with you. So Brooke, this has been amazing. Speaking of energy filling, it has been that for me. So thank you so much for taking time to come on the show and share your journey with our listeners.

Brooke Griffin  45:58

Thank you so much. Tim, I had a great time.

Tim Ulbrich  46:02

Before we wrap up today’s show, I want to again thank this week’s sponsor of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast, First Horizon. We’re glad to have found a solution for pharmacists that are unable to save 20% for a down payment on a home. A lot of pharmacists in the YFP community have taken advantage of First Horizon’s pharmacist home loan, which requires a 3% down payment for a single family home or townhome for first time homebuyers and has no PMI on a 30-year fixed rate mortgage. To learn more about the requirements for First Horizon’s pharmacist home loan, and to get started with the pre-approval process, you can visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com, /home-loan. Again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan. 

Tim Ulbrich  46:45

As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. Furthermore, the information contained in our archive, newsletters, blog posts and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyzes expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist, unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward looking statements which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer, Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 378: 10 Questions for Early Retirement


Tim Baker, CFP® tackles 10 questions for those considering early retirement from sources of income, handling market volatility, health insurance options and more.

Episode Summary

This week, Tim Baker, CFP®, RLP®, RICP® and Tim Ulbrich, PharmD tackle 10 questions for those considering early retirement. They discuss sources of income in retirement, handling market volatility when no longer working, health insurance coverage options, timing to draw on Social Security, and much more.

About Today’s Guest

Tim Baker is the Co-Founder and Director of Financial Planning at Your Financial Pharmacist. Founded in 2015, YFP is a fee-only financial planning firm and connects with the YFP community of 12,000+ pharmacy professionals via the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast podcast, blog, website resources and speaking engagements. 

Tim attended the United States Military Academy majoring in International Relations and branching Armor. After his military career, he worked as a logistician with a major retailer and a construction company. After much deliberation, Tim decided to make a pivot in his career and joined a small independent financial planning firm in 2012. In 2016, he launched his own financial planning firm Script Financial and in 2019 merged with Your Financial Pharmacist. Tim now lives in Columbus, Ohio with his wife (Shay), three kids (Olivia, Liam and Zoe), and dog (Benji).

Key Points from the Episode

  • Early Retirement Goals and Challenges [0:00]
  • Defining Early Retirement [6:02]
  • Questions to Consider for Early Retirement [8:42]
  • Replacing Pharmacist Paychecks [17:41]
  • Health Insurance Coverage [24:17]
  • Dependents and Social Security Timing [31:08]
  • Inflation and Tax Planning [34:57]
  • Partner and Spouse Alignment [37:20]
  • Long-Term Care Planning [39:56]
  • Conclusion and Resources [44:58]

Episode Highlights

“I think there’s this misconception, or this illusion of control that we have over our retirement age. I think around 40% of people retire earlier than expected. It’s usually due to a medical issue with themselves or a family member, or could be something like a layoff. There is this illusion of control. Now, there are things that you can do to help with that. But a lot of the time we don’t have that.” – Tim Baker [4:59]

“Define retirement. I think for a variety of reasons this question is important, because for a lot of people, we think that retirement is the destination, but it’s really just the next chapter in the journey, right?” -Tim Baker [10:32]

“I think it is really important when we talk about this question: are we accounting for inflation? I think the best way to do that in a retirement setting is, as much of your dollars can come from Social Security as possible is great. But then also taking intelligent risk in the market, where the market is kind of performing in a way that kind of keeps pace or outpaces inflation is what we want.” – Tim Baker [36:25]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich  00:00

Hey everybody. Tim Ulbrich here and thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast, where each week, we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. This week, Tim Baker and I are tackling 10 questions regarding early retirement. We discuss sources of income in retirement, handling market volatility when no longer working, health insurance coverage options, timing to draw on Social Security and much more. And to supplement this week’s episode, we have a free resource for you to download: Retirement Roadblocks: Identifying and Managing 10 Common Risks. Because here’s the reality, when planning for retirement or early retirement, as we’ll discuss on today’s show, so so much attention is given to the accumulation phase, growing your assets. But what doesn’t get a lot of press is how to turn those assets into a retirement paycheck. And when building a plan to deploy your assets during retirement, it’s important to consider various risks to either mitigate or avoid altogether, and that’s what this free resource and guide is all about. It’s available for you to download at yourfinancialpharmacist.com/retirement risks. Again, yourfinancialpharmacist.com/retirementrisks.

Tim Ulbrich  01:11

 Now, before we get started with the show, I want to let you know about our next YFP webinar coming up on October 7, at 9pm Eastern: Aliquot Investing: Small investments in Big Real Estate Investing. This free webinar led by YFP Real Estate Investing podcast co-hosts Nate Hedrick and David Bright explores how syndications fit into a well rounded real estate investment strategy, especially for busy pharmacists who don’t have time to source, vet and manage real estate investments. In this webinar, David and Nate will be joined by Alex Cartwright, PhD, and economist who has also led syndication projects, including one in which both David and Nate have invested themselves. You learn more about this webinar and register at yourfinancialpharmacist.com/syndication. Again, yourfinancialpharmacist.com/syndication. 

Tim Ulbrich  01:59

All right, let’s get started with today’s show. Tim Baker, welcome back to the show.

Tim Baker  02:06

Yeah, good to be back. How’s it going, Tim?

Tim Ulbrich  02:07

It is going well. I’m excited. This week we’re talking about early retirement, which is something that I keep hearing more and more pharmacists expressing as a goal. And so Tim, I’m curious to hear from you before we get into the details of our discussion, is that something you’re hearing a lot of as you talk with pharmacists that are engaging with us to learn more about our services? Is early retirement coming up as a frequent goal? And what do you suppose might be driving some of that?

Tim Baker  02:37

Yeah, I think, I think for a lot of people, there’s a there’s this notion of, like, I’ll never be able to retire, you know, and a lot of it’s because of the student debt burden. I do hear on, you know, refrain of, I want to get to a point where I work because I want to, not because I need to. I only, I hear that almost verbatim a couple times a month from a prospective client. So the the notion of early retirement, I don’t, I don’t want to say it’s kind of in the forefront. Obviously, we do, you know, work with a lot of people that are interested in kind of the FIRE movement and what that looks like. But I think that there’s this shroud, maybe, of student debt, that it’s like, how do I even overcome this? And, you know, in a way that puts me in a place to retire, let alone retire early. So I think those that don’t have that, or have kind of navigated a plan for the loans. I think there’s a little bit more of like, sunny skies, but I wouldn’t say there’s a lot of people that are saying, like, I need to retire by, you know, this age. I think that that’s kind of few and far between. 

Tim Ulbrich  03:50

And for those that aren’t familiar with the FIRE term, we’ve talked about it on the show before, financial independence, retire early. Lots of resources out there that folks can learn more more about that. But I’m glad you mentioned, Tim the work because I want to not have to. That’s something I hear a lot as well. And, you know, I think for some people, they love the work that they do, and it brings them a ton of value. It brings them a sense of purpose and meaning. Perhaps others, you know, maybe early retirement is, hey, I want to get out of the stressful environment that I’m working in, and I don’t necessarily love the work that I do, but regardless of those desires, that work because I want to not have to is a thread that I think often comes out and within that I typically will hear, hey, I want to have flexibility. I want to have options. So, you know, maybe I get to a point that, hey, I’d like to work part time, or maybe something happens, you know, health wise, or with a family member, or something unexpected, or pursuing a passion project or hobby, whatever would be, the reason that their financial plan is in a position that, whether it’s something they can see or not see at this moment, that they have options if they need those options in the future.

Tim Baker  04:59

Yeah, I think there’s this, this misconception, or, like, this illusion of control that we have over our retirement age, which is, and I think it’s something like 40% I don’t have that stat in front of me, but I think it’s like 40% of people retire earlier than expected. It’s usually due to a medical issue with themselves or a family member, or could be something like a layoff, that type of thing. So there is this illusion of, like, I have control now, there are things that you can do to help with that, and to, you know, to build, you know, whether there’s something like really to consult in that you have that flexibility, or things like that that gives you a little bit more control. But a lot of the time we don’t have that. And that’s kind of an illusion that we think we have.

Tim Ulbrich  05:44

Since we’re going to use the term early retirement throughout the episode that that implies that there’s an accepted norm, maybe, of what retirement means. So when you hear early retirement, that term and throughout the discussion today, what? What are we referring to? What assumptions are we making? What defines early retirement?

Tim Baker  06:01

Yeah, to your point, Tim, I don’t know if there is an accepted, like, when we say early retirement, this is the age that we’re talking about. Yeah, if you look at it from like, Social Security, early retirement, as defined by Social Security as 62. So there’s really, there’s really a couple ages related to Social Security. It’s your early retirements at 62, your full retirement age, which is different for a lot of people. Most people, it’s going to be 67 and then you have delayed retirement a that’s typically 70. So early retirement in the Social Security system is 62 and you can’t collect the benefit before that. The age that I think of like if you were to say, hey, I want to retire early. The age that I think of is 59 and a half years old. So why do I think of 59 and a half years old? The reason for that is all those retirement accounts, a 401K, an IRA or Roth IRA, they they’ll have basically guidelines to say if you take money out before 59 and a half years old, you’ll be, you know, penalized. Unless there’s, there’s exceptions to that, but you’ll be penalized by 10%. So that’s typically the the age that I’ll use. So like, if you were to say, Hey Tim, I want, you know, I want to retire early, and I would say, Well, what is that? If you say 55 then between 55 and 59 and a half years old, we have to figure out an income stream that’s probably not going to come out of your 401K or, you know your other retirement accounts. So that’s what I typically will use in my brain. I think you know, if you talk to people in the fire community and you say 50-59 and a half? That’s probably not early retirement for them. So those are kind of the few, the few dates, or the few ages that jump out to me when we have this discussion. But I think for all intents and purposes, it’s 59 and a half for me. 

Tim Ulbrich  07:55

I think the same thing. And I agree. I think some of the FIRE enthusiasts, although there’s many different flavors of FIRE, right? But the FIRE enthusiasts, a lot of people might think a early retirement, you know, late 30s, early 40s, right? Type of ages that you typically see. But I think 59 and a half, for the reason you mentioned is, is what often comes up. The other one 62. You mentioned social security. When could I draw Social Security? 65 Medicare, that often comes up. You know, we’ll talk about health insurance. So the point being is, as we say all the time on the show, we’ve got to have intentionality on like, what’s the goal? What’s the purpose? Why is this a goal? If it’s a goal for you, and then we can start to plan around that, like, what does that mean to you? You know, is it 59? Is it 54 and for what reason? And then what does that mean in terms of various savings accounts? So let’s jump in. We’re going to talk about 10 questions that we think are important questions to consider for folks that are thinking about early retirement. And that could be someone listening and says, Hey, I know I want to early retire and I’ve set that date. Or it could be folks that are just thinking about this as something that they’re they’re curious about and want to learn more. As we go through these 10 questions, the intent is not that we’re going to cover each one of these areas in a significant amount of depth. We’ll reference other resources that we have on each one of these topics as we go throughout but really to introduce the question and get you thinking about these different areas as it relates to early retirement. So Tim, the first question that I think is important for folks to consider is, Will I work at all during retirement? Right? And as obvious as that sounds, I think if, if people are thinking of very traditional retirement, it’s, hey, we work for 30, 40, years, and then we don’t work at all. But for others, it may be that we work part time. And pharmacists, I think, are in a unique position where they have more of the opportunity to work part time, work as a contractor, versus other professions out there. So why is this question, will I work at all during retirement so important?

Tim Baker  09:52

And I think, like, if we’re defining early retirement, I think you can even define like retirement. I think so many people, in a traditional sense, they. Think of retirement as, you know, you punch the clock the last time, and then the next day, you’re sitting on a beach or you’re up somewhere, and that’s it, right? And, you know, a lot of people, especially in the fire movement, when they talk about, you know, financially independent, retire early, I think the retire, I think that’s what rubs people the wrong way, is because they overlay that traditional picture of retirement into that paradigm. And a lot of people are saying like, Well, we are still working, we’re just working our on our own terms, right? So I think for, I think for a variety of reasons, like this question is important, because I think for a lot of people, we think that retirement is the destination, but it’s really just the next chapter in the journey, right? And so much of our, for a lot of people, so much of our identity is wrapped up into our role as a pharmacist or whatever we’re doing, and once that like is gone, that can be jarring for a lot of people. So it’s not just a monetary thing. So to me, I think this is where some life planning really gets in, gets you know, it would be really important is, you know, okay, if we don’t have to work, we truly don’t have to work. What are we doing? You know, are we volunteering? Are we taking care of grandkids? Are we getting into hobbies? Are we traveling? You know, there’s a lot of stats that say, if you work, the longer that you work, the more you know, the better your retirement will be. In terms of, like, the financial planning part of it, because you’re just delaying a lot of the things that work, you know, for you, whether that’s health insurance or whether that’s income, things like that. But it’s also like, you know, your social circles are often connected to your work in a lot of ways, like if that goes away. So to me, this is really important to kind of, I think, look at it both from a dollars and cents perspective, Tim, but also like the social aspect of who are you post, you know, full time pharmacist, you know, and looking in the mirror and doing some deep digging of, like, what does what does this actually look like? So I think it’s an important question to ask. 

Tim Ulbrich  12:14

I agree, and I’m glad you mentioned, you know, what does this look like? But how I be spending my time? It’s actually not one of the other questions we had. So we’ll kind of knock both of those out, knock both of those out together. But this is one of those things that we, myself included, we have this idea of what retirement might look like. That could be how our parents have gone through that phase, or grandparents, maybe what we see on commercials, whatever. But taking it to the next step of, what does a day look like? I’ve heard people go through this exercise. You mentioned the life plan, which I thought was great, and having some clarity there, but going through the exercise of actually, like mapping out for a month, like, what would I be doing on a Monday at 11 o’clock, right? On a Tuesday at four o’clock? And you know, not that you have to get that granular per se, but the idea is a good one, that right now you think about the percentage of your schedule that is occupied by work, and especially, I think about folks, Tim, in our phase of life where it’s work, and young kids like, that’s a big chunk of our time, right? And if you fast forward to a date and time where we’re not working, and the kids out of the house, Whoa, that is a big gap of time. So what are we doing with that time? What are the goals you mentioned? You know, is it travel? Is it volunteering? Is it spending time with with the grandkids? Like, what does that rich life look like in retirement? And the second layer I would add to that, Tim, is, if there’s a partner, spouse, significant other involved, like, what does that look like for the individual and then for the we. You know, Jess and I were joking recently that, like we love spending time together, but we also have individual things that we love to do. And I very much see in retirement that we’ll have things that we want to do together, whether that be volunteering or traveling or other things, and then we’ll have other things where it’s like, she’s doing her thing, I’m doing my thing. So, yeah, I think that discussion of, what does this look like for I and what does this look like for we as well?

Tim Baker  14:06

Well, especially in retirement, as you age, like, one of the things that you know, often doesn’t get talked about, and it’s a risk in retirement is loss of spouse, and a lot of it’s it comes from the perspective of, like, loss of a social security check and things like that. But what about like, you know, I look at my parents, love my parents, but my dad doesn’t have his own interest, like, he just kind of does what my mom wants to do. So like, if he were to lose my mom, like, like, what happens, you know? And so I think, like, that’s, that’s a big thing. And, yeah, in the, in the life planning, we go through an exercise called ideal schedule. So you go through and you say, Okay, what’s the ideal day, from the moment you wake up, from the moment that you, you know, put your head on the pillow, then what’s the ideal week? So Monday through Sunday, like, what are we doing? And then it goes out to the ideal year. Like, are you spending, you know, the summertime up North, or are you, you know, are you visiting family, those types of things? And I think that for a lot of people, you know, they realize how much of their day is tied into work, and then once, once that’s gone, like, what happens? So, yeah, those are the exercises. I mean, we’ve talked about, like, the three questions, and I think those are all, you know, important things to kind of reference back to and revisit, especially as you’re going through the next, like, phase of your life. But I think really put pen to paper and I’ve talked about this, I think with you. I don’t know if I’ve ever talked about on the podcast, but like, when I did my sabbatical, I had a month off where I did not touch work, and I kind of had a little bit of like, what am I doing? Like, like, how am I gonna, like, fill the day, which sounds crazy, but like it was a struggle for me, and like I wanted to make the best use of the time, but I also felt like I had some constraints here and there, but like that, that little window was, like, important for me to kind of put myself in someone’s shoes who’s kind of going through that transition. And it sounds silly, but it’s it’s not.

Tim Ulbrich  14:34

That’s a good point, though. I’ve actually heard people talk about, I’m thinking back to the interview that I did on episode 291 with Dave Zgarrick, who is has made that transition in retirement. And he talked about redefining retirement, really thinking about as like a half time to kind of reassess where are we going. Why are we going here? What does this look like? But I think some of those break periods, you know, you mentioned the sabbatical, other people talk about mini retirements. I think it’d be really helpful to having some of these experiences where we get a feel for what this might look like. And you know what? What are some of the ahas of how I do want to spend my time, or what the gaps are in time? I mean, joking aside, we’re just in a phase of life, both of us right now, we’re really sun up to sundown. You know, it’s work, kids, that’s the schedule. 

Tim Baker  16:08

I made the comment like, hey, we haven’t, like, Shay and our kids haven’t really hung out with you and Jess and your boys in a while. And I think I would just look at our schedule and it’s like, soccer, football, swim, soccer, football, swim. Like, it’s just, it’s just so many things that are going on, but eventually that’s going to go away, right to your point, like, that’s, that’s going to be in our rearview mirror. And that’s why, I think, like, even, even couples, sometimes, because they’re so in their, you know, in their kids, you know, activities in their lives that they almost forget about each other. You know, spouses and that can be, you know, I think there is a pretty high level of, you know, divorce and things like that as you, as you age, because you kind of lose that connection with your spouse. And I think that’s important to make sure that you’re continuing to kindle so all these things kind of play into it.

Tim Ulbrich  17:38

So that’s our first two questions, will I work at all during retirement? How I be spending my time? The third question, Tim is, how will I replace my pharmacist paycheck? Again, seems like an obvious question, but for decades, we have a an employer that’s paying us on a monthly basis. And if we were to stop work altogether, again, that may or may not happen, but if we’re to stop working, we’ve got to make our own paycheck at this point. So we’ve talked about this on the show show before. We’ll link to that in the show notes. But thoughts on this question of, how will I replace my pharmacist paycheck?

Tim Baker  18:10

Yeah, I don’t really think, I don’t really think a lot changes here. I think what, what is, what does change in terms of, like, the sources, I think what does change is kind of like, where in early retirement? Where do they come like, where does the money come from? So, you know, if we’re retiring at 55 the the sources of your income is probably going to be from part time employment. It could be from your traditional portfolio, but from, like, a brokerage account that doesn’t have the 59 and a half, you know, 10% penalty, which you have to build, right? So lot of people, they’re really set on, you know, they’re 401, K and their Roth IRA and things like that, which is really important. But the third bucket, so that we have the pre, pre tax after tax. The third bucket is the taxable, which is going to be in an early retirement bucket. So I would say probably those are the two big things for most people. Would be part time employment, and then, like a brokerage account, or like traditional savings. If you’re in the real estate, it could be rental income or liquidation of like a rental property. But then as you age, you know, the things that kind of get the green light are Social Security. You know, if you decide to collect that at 62 or you wait to 67 or even later to 70, and then getting into, once you’re past 59 and a half, you know, the traditional portfolio where you don’t get that 10% haircut, you know, you can start, you know, distributing from a 401K, IRA, etc. There are other things out there, like annuities. It could be, it could be a pension. You know, if you have a company or government pension, which we know aren’t necessarily, you know, a thing that a lot of people have, but that’s typically based on an age that you can, you know, get to that. It could be, you know, tapping into the value of your home, things like reverse mortgages, which get a nasty reputation, or selling a business, or could be cash value life insurance. But I would say the heavy hitters here, especially early on, it’s going to be part time employment. It’s going to be things like a brokerage account savings, and then, you know, potentially, you know, real estate, things like that. 

Tim Ulbrich  20:08

And as you mentioned, especially with the brokerage account, especially with real estate, there’s planning that has to be done there, right, for us to be able to accrue those savings, to tap into those in early retirement. So, you know, early planning, of course, really important here, and when we talk about priority of investing, this is always the one asterisk, right? Hey, if you’re if you’re thinking about early retirement, you know this sequence changes when we think about more the traditional buckets, like the 401K, 403B’s, IRAs, etc, because of that 59 and a half restraint that you mentioned earlier. Tim, number four on our list is, hey, what if there’s a market downturn early on in my early retirement? So I’ve decided to retire early. You know, let’s say there’s a market downturn and we experience some of that volatility, that that can be disruptive to the nest egg. Always a problem, but maybe more of a problem here if we’ve got a longer runway of years that we need those funds in retirement.

Tim Baker  21:06

Yeah. So what we’re talking about here is sequence risk, or sequence of returns risk, which, which is the potential negative impact that the order of your returns, your investment returns, on your portfolio due to the market, is heightened, especially in the withdrawal phase. So if you take and I’ll run through this, I know we don’t have a ton of time, but I wanted to kind of, I feel like we’ve talked about sequence risk, but I haven’t really talked through, like a scenario. So I actually did a scenario where we have one where it’s favorable returns, so like double digit returns, like the second that you retire. And then one that is like negative returns. So, and then what does the, what does the outcome look like at the end of I did it for like a 10 year period. So if you look at, if we start with a million dollars, and you have an annual withdrawal of 50,000, which is 5% and we have a, you know, we’re doing this over 10 years. If we go into the first year of favorable the favorable scenario, the first year, we get a 15% return, 12% return, 8% return, even taking out 50, you know, and over the 10 years, it’s like 4.7% in aggregate, a return. At the end of the 10 years, you’re gonna have $1.2 million. So early on we’ve got, you know, the first, you know, three years, you know, 30 some odd percent. If we look at the same thing, instead of getting positive 15, we get negative, you know, negative 15, negative 12. That same portfolio, even over the 10 years, which is going to get a 4.7% return, is going to end with 361,000. So it’s almost a million dollar swing. So it’s the same aggregate, you know, 10 year, you know, return. But after the first year, for the favorable, you end with 1.085 million. After the first year, you end with $800,000. So you’ve taken off 15% because that’s your that’s basically the market downturn, but you’ve also withdrawn $50,000. So that’s what we’re talking about here with sequence of return risk is that the timing of when you retire is probably one of the most important things related to the market. So what we’ve always said is like flexibility here. So if the market is tanking, it might be worth to, like, work another year, and most of the time, like, you know, in this scenario, we have, you know, four years minus 15, minus 12, minus eight, minus five. Typically, the market doesn’t do that. You know, we don’t have, you know, consecutive years, maybe two, maybe three of year. But like, this is where, you know, pushing that out and having flexibility of like, okay, maybe I’m not going to retire at, you know, 53 I’m going to retire at 56. I’m going to retire at 57. That type of thing. So that, to me, is really important, and that, and that speaks to the the timing of the investment returns that you’re getting. Now, the ways to combat this is, which is really hard, is, is really to kind of be more conservative, take your money from, you know, equities to bonds or even cash. But the problem with that is, you know, nobody has, like, a, you know, a crystal ball to say, like, when’s the best time to do that? So that’s, that’s kind of sequence, risk at play.

Tim Ulbrich  24:20

Number five on our list, Tim, I alluded to this a little bit earlier, is what will I do for health insurance coverage? We’re not yet at the age of 65 we can’t necessarily put Medicare into play. We no longer have employer coverage if, if we’re working part time or not working at all. You know what options are we thinking about here and and obviously we’ve got to factor this in as a cost as well.

Tim Baker  24:42

Yeah. So I mean, unfortunately, and we’ve kind of bemoaned this fact being business owners, there’s not a great option here. You know, I think you know, looking at employer sponsored COBRA coverage, but that only typically lasts 18 months, and that’s really expensive because you’re paying the full premium. If you have a spouse that you can ride his or her coattails, that’s one way to do it. It could be private health insurance. So looking, you know, at the exchanges, things like healthcare sharing ministries like that, that might be something. I know you looked at those in the past. It could be, you know, there are some, and I don’t know if Starbucks still does this, but I remember a lot of people. I think my sister worked for Starbucks, you know, when she was in college, just to get in, you know, insurance through them, she was working part time. It could be Medicaid if you don’t have assets, like, if, you know, I would say that you probably shouldn’t be retiring if that’s the case. Or just, like, short term plans that provide, like, temporary coverage. So probably, for most people, it’s going to be looking at the exchanges and trying to trying to find the best, you know, probably catastrophic plan that they can. But unfortunately, there isn’t really a great, you know, a great solution here to kind of bridge you before you get to 65 to get to Medicare, you know, yeah, it’s, it’s kind of, you know, pick your poison, so to speak.

Tim Ulbrich  26:00

You know that you mentioned the Starbucks, there’s actually a FIRE pathway, barista fire that’s named after that, that play, right? Which is, you know, working part time at a place like Starbucks or a place that has those benefits to be able to get access to those. You know, the other other comment I’d make here, Tim is, I think while these costs are very real, like, we have to put them as objectively in play as possible. What I mean by that is, like, if you’ve done a good job and the dollars are there, like, even if this feels scary or you don’t want to spend money on it, like, if the math supports it, like you just factored into the plan, right? I’ve seen some people, I think, talk about this as like, Oh, I’ve had employer coverage my whole life. I’m three years away from Medicare. I’m done working. I’m over it. Don’t need it, you know. Don’t want to be working anymore, but I’m gonna wait till I get to 65. And maybe that’s the play. But if the nest egg is there, like, we just need to factor this in as an expense and consider it. I mean, the other note and comment I’d make here, back to our discussion of early planning with something like a brokerage account. This would be another play of early planning with something like HSA contributions, where, you know, can we be accruing and saving money in HSA throughout our career, such that one of these instances here, we’re talking about early retirement. We’ve got some dollars that are earmarked specifically for that, that we don’t have to have to necessarily draw separately from our portfolio.

Tim Baker  27:21

That’s right, yeah. HSA would be a great bucket for this, because it has the triple tax benefit, but the flexibility to be able to use for you know, now and later. So yeah, that’s a great bucket for that.

Tim Ulbrich  27:34

Number six is, are my dependents independent? And if not, have I factored that into my planning and assumptions? Tim lots to think about here, kids and elderly parents, but looking at dependence and cost of dependence.

Tim Baker  27:48

Yeah, this is, um, this is, this is kind of hard too, because, you know, I always joke with my with my kids, that, you know, they they need to move out so I can, you know, turn their room into a a whiskey room. And, you know, my kids are 10 and five or whatever. Obviously, Zoe’s always younger, but I think this is hard, because I think we are all trying to prepare our kids to kind of launch, right? But, you know, oftentimes they come back. And you know, we have to kind of figure out what that looks like. So that could be, you know, it could be for kids managing, like, their college and expenses related to that. But then after, like, if they don’t get a job, or if they’re not, you know, able to support themselves. Like, what are the, what are the rules around rent and things like that, and just, how does that affect your overall financial plan? And then elderly parents, there’s a lot of, you know, pharmacists that we work with that they say, I am my parent’s retirement plan. Like, that’s the thing, right? And, and I respect that, you know, a lot of it’s like, Hey, I’m a first generation immigrant. You know, they’re you know, they’re sacrificed to get over here. And my sacrifice is kind of making sure that they’re okay, you know, in retirement. So, you know, we have this term called the sandwich generation. It typically is, you know, people in their 40s and 50s that are taking care of, like adult children, but they’re also taking care of, like elderly parents. That’s a big thing. And again, like, I would say, it kind of goes back to when we talk about, like, education planning, like you have to put your mask on first and then put on the mask of your child. I don’t think that ever goes away. So I think that, you know, this can be an unexpected thing for a lot of parents, but you know it can, really, especially like elderly plant parents, if you’re the one that’s kind of, you know, caring for them, and these are often the things that kind of force can force a retirement early for you is that you’re taking care of other people, right? So I think having these conversations with, you know, your kids, with your elderly parents and and come up with a plan and kind of ground rules. I think is really important. So we can kind of include this in the plan and know, you know, when does zig and zag?

Tim Ulbrich  30:06

Yeah, Tim, anytime we talk about this topic, always comes to mind conversation we had with Cameron Huddleston on the show a couple times, who wrote the book, Mom and Dad, We Need to Talk. And, you know, in the context of elderly parents, this is where those conversations are so important, as uncomfortable as they may be, right? Because, you know, I’m thinking about even discussions I’ve had with my parents about, you know, what does their financial position look like? What are their retirement goals? What are their desires for, you know, staying in the home versus other living arrangements. What is their long term care insurance policy look like? And, you know, part of those conversations, obviously, is focused in a genuine care and desire of what, what do my parents want? But there’s also a reality of like that may impact our financial plan, and that’s not being selfish, like we’re just trying to be responsible. And I think you know, if we can get into those open conversations, we can start to plan around that a little bit, to understand what the impact may or may not be of that situation with parents on our financial plan. 

Tim Baker  31:05

That’s right.

Tim Ulbrich  31:06

Number seven, we touch on this a little bit. Tim, but when will I draw on Social Security? We talked before in episode 294 about common Social Security mistakes to avoid, and a big part of that discussion was around when we opt into starting Social Security benefits. For someone who’s saying about early retirement, you know, and building that retirement paycheck, a Social Security benefit might, might be an important part of that, and the temptation, perhaps could be there to start those benefits early and just understanding what the impact of that could be versus a delayed benefit selection. So thoughts here on this question of, when will I draw? 

Tim Baker  31:41

I think a lot of financial planners are, you know, coming around to the fact that, like, if you can delay your Social Security benefit as long as possible, the better knows for the the overall plan. And I know this, to your point, it can be if you’re, if you’re working for or if you’re, if you’re retired for, you know, 10 years or whatever it is, and your funds are dwindling in some of those, you know, brokerage accounts or savings. I think it can be tempting to to draw earlier, right? But I think if you look at the math, and I have, you know, I think I pulled, I think this is from my Social Security statement. If you look at my Social Security statement. If I were to retire at 62 my monthly benefit would be $1,826. if I were to retire at not full Social Security age, but 65 it would be $2290. If I then go to 67 which is my full retirement age, it goes to $2662. If I delay it till age 70 so I’m getting those deferment credits, it goes to $3,306. So the spectrum of early at 62 is $1826, to delayed is $3307.  But the big thing here, Tim, that doesn’t get enough press, is that it’s inflation protected, which there’s no other pension or annuity out there that you can get that does that. So one of the big hang ups for for retirees is like, I’m working on a fixed income. I’m working on a fixed income. But once you know inflation takes over, as we’ve seen in recent years, that really, like, you know, provides pressure on, okay, how am I going to let you know, how I’m going to make this, you know, these dollars last. So that would be the thing that I would implore, you know, people, when they’re looking at their, you know, their, their benefit for Social Security is, you know, if we’re planning this, can we plan to at least get the full retirement age, or, you know, can we delay it from 62 to 67 at least, to get from, you know, an $1,800 benefit to a almost $2,700 benefit because this will pay you out for the rest of your life, which we don’t know what that is, inflation protected. And that’s where you see that exponential benefit versus, you know, if you, if you, if you peg it at $1,800. So it’s still inflation protected, but I think you want that, that percent of your paycheck to be as high as possible that is covered by, you know, the Social Security and Inflation. So it’s really, it’s a really important discussion to have. 

Tim Ulbrich  34:21

Tim, it’s a good plug and a reminder for folks, if they’re not already doing this, to check out their My Social Security account ssa.gov just to dig into that report, what are the expected benefits? Always a good thing to build into. I typically try to check it in just once a year, kind of see what’s going on. So since you mentioned inflation, Tim, let’s jump down to that one, and that question being, have I accounted for inflation? You mentioned social security being inflation protected, but really nothing else beyond that. So, you know if we think of inflation as of late, which has been higher than historically, although that’s come down, you know, more recently, but even the historical rate of inflation, if we’re retiring, let’s say, in our early 50s and were afforded the opportunity to live into our 90s, like costs are going up right significantly over that time period. So the question here is, have I accounted for inflation when I’m looking at these early retirement numbers?

Tim Baker  35:13

Yeah, and one of the best ways to account for inflation as retire is to be in a you know, is, have some of your your assets in equities, right? Which gets scary, because then we talk about, you know, the sequence of return risk. But I think, really, for a portfolio to endure 30, 40, 50, 60, years is, is to make sure that you’re taking, you know, intelligent risk in the market. So you know, we just got news of the rate cut yesterday, and immediately, you know, you’re seeing like our cash account at our custodian went from 5.1% which is really solid, to 4.6%. So savers, and often, you know, people that have reached you know that are in retirement have a good amount of cash, or they should, because, you know they’re they’re basically taking slugs of cash out to basically build their paycheck. That’s going to affect them potentially negatively. Now, you know interest rates, you know in inflation, sometimes, you know we’ll see interest rates go go down, but we won’t see like the cost of goods go down because they’re pegged that we talked about that in previous episodes, they’re kind of pegged at that high watermark. So I think is really important, you know, when we talk about this question is, you know, are we accounting for inflation? I think the best way to do that in a retirement, you know, setting is, again, as much as your dollars can come from Social Security as possible is great. But then also taking, you know, intelligent risk in the market, where, you know, the market is kind of, you know, performing in a way that kind of, you know, keeps pace or outpaces inflation, you know, is what we want. So, you know, on the so that’s, that’s kind of on the asset side, but then on the debt side, you know, just making sure that, you know, we’re, we’re efficient, you know, there with with rates and where inflation is as well. So I think it’s important to, you know, for retirees that are potentially living on a fixed income to account for, and a lot of people this, and really, taxes. Tim, it’s kind of like, can be a second, you know, an afterthought.

Tim Ulbrich  37:20

Good point on the taxes, probably a whole separate episode, yeah, around like, tax planning and early retirement. Um, number nine on our list is, is my partner spouse significantly now they’re on the same page. We already talked about this in the context of, hey, what does that, you know, schedule look like? What does that ideal life, that rich life, look like in retirement? And, you know, what’s the I? What’s the we? But I think it’s also just a bigger question of, like, are we on the same page with this concept of early retirement, and maybe, if one spouse wants to work longer than another and one’s having to draw down from their assets, like, are we good with that? You know, does that jive? 

Tim Baker  37:55

And I think, I think this kind of starts with, you know, where are we at and where are we going? So you know, when we do this with clients, we we call the first meeting, Get Organized where, you know, we’ve plugged everything into our client portal, checking, savings, credit cards, student loans, investment accounts, value, the house, the mortgage, all the things, right? And for a lot of people, it’s the first time they’ve seen their stuff all in one spot, right? Because we bank over here, we have debt over here, we have investments over here, and then for spouses, that’s also true, right? Because I don’t necessarily see everything that Shay has, you know, if I’m not tuned in. So if we plug that all into one platform, we can kind of see the landscape of where we’re at, and then I think from there, once we establish where we’re at, we talk about where we where we’re going. And then I think this is some of these questions that come up is like, okay, Shay, if I retire and you’re still working for 10 years, like, Are you cool with that? Probably not, right. So I think those that’s the space to have the conversation again. I’m biased, Tim, right? Because, you know, we’re planners, but sometimes these are hard to have with your spouse. So having that third party, like the independent third party that has your best interest, that can ask questions, is, I think, a safe place so to speak, to have these conversations. Because, you know, if Shay says I’m going to retire early and you can keep working. I’m going to say, Yeah, that’s cool, whatever. But maybe I have some resentment about that, you know, and I think if you’re in a in a place where, you know, it’s safe, and we can kind of talk these out and get on the same page, it’s really important because, you know, we’re trying to row this boat in the same direction. And if, you know, if we’re just, you know, having these service conversations and not really getting, you know, into depth, then we’re just kind of spinning in a circle. So I think it’s really important to to make sure you know, and this goes back to life planning, to make sure that you know your vision of early retirement, you know, overlaps. It doesn’t have to be the same, yeah, but it overlaps with your spouse or with your partner to make sure that you know your needs are taken care of, but also your spouse’s needs are taken care of. 

Tim Ulbrich  40:08

What came to mind, Tim, as you’re talking about, is my I think my parents, to their credit, have done a really good job of this. My mom’s been retired now for a few years, and my dad has no plans in the near future retire. He just loves his work. It’s energizing, and he acknowledges maybe that will change at some point in the future when it does, and maybe it looks part time or consulting or whatever, but they have kind of figured out like for them individually. My mom, you know, has a ton of joy that she gets from just the daily rhythms and routines that she has, and it doesn’t mean my dad has to be doing the same thing. So I don’t think there’s a right or wrong here. It’s more about what works for you as a couple. And as you mentioned, having some of those conversations to avoid, or try to avoid, as much as you can, some of the resentment or other feelings that might come up along the way. All right, our last question, number 10 on this list of 10 questions to consider for early retirement is, am I prepared for potential long term care expenses? Tim, we talked about Medicare already briefly, but here we’re talking about some of the significant expenses that can come beyond what Medicare may cover, and specifically here thinking about long term care insurance, we talked about this on episode 296, we’ll link to that in the show notes. Your thoughts here on, am I prepared for potential long term care expenses?

Tim Baker  41:25

Yeah. So I think the stat is, is that you know, a person that’s age 65 is going to spend $157,500 on health care and medical expenses, you know, throughout the course of their life, a couple of $315,000. So you know, and this doesn’t necessarily include the cost of, like, long term care. So when we talk about long term care, this is really, you know, help with kind of the the daily living thing. So like being able to get out of bed, you know, move around your house, use the bathroom, dress, feed yourself, but also kind of more like, you know, cognitive things like being able to pay bills, or, you know, shop so, you know, oftentimes, and actually one of the biggest, the biggest cause for, like, you know, a long term care policy to get triggered, is Alzheimer’s. But the second one is, the second biggest is arthritis, Tim, believe it or not. So, you know, a lot this is one of those things. It’s like, Ah, this will never happen to me, or I don’t got to worry about that, or I’ll figure this out later. But you know, it’s, it’s one of those biases that we have that, you know, it often can come and bite us in the rear end. So what we talk about with long term care is, there’s, there’s really two ways to prepare for this. One is to self insure. So just like we’re talking about being able to, like, pay our own health care and things like that, this is kind of, this is not that. This is where we’re basically saying we’re going to forego a policy. We’re basically going to, you know, if this comes up, we’re going to reach into our own pocket, reach into our own portfolio, and pay for the care that we need. The alternative, and what I would recommend, is purchasing a long term care insurance policy where it really affords you access to benefits that allow you, at a minimum, to age in place. So these, you know, there’s studies that show that, you know, couples are willing to spend, you know, $2500 to $3,000 a year on a long term care policy. And you can get a policy that you know can kind of get you a basic, a basic policy that will have, you know, someone come in the home, or things like that. I think a lot of people, when they think of long term care, they think of like, of like a nursing home and things like that. This is really trying to, you know, get, get a policy that provides benefits that can bring people into your home to assist you as you age. So, you know, there’s typically a Goldilocks zone. Is that you should start, you know? So we talk about early retirement, you should start discussing this, probably in your 40s and 50s, start really assessing it in your 50s. And the kind of, the sweet spot the purchase of policy is, like, early 60s, yeah. So this is really important, because, again, like the once you once you kind of go into, like, a facility, if that, if that’s the case, like, that’s where expenses can get really astronomical. So the longer that you can stay in place and have the help that you need, the better, I think it is for you from a psychological perspective, but also from a financial perspective. And again, this is one of the ones. It’s like, like, not going to happen to me, Tim. I think important to look at. And I think we look at these policies as almost as like a a coupon for future care. So, like, hey, you know, if I get a benefit, that’s $3,000 a month, but you know what I need is $4000 then I’m only reaching in my pocket $1000 bucks to kind of cover down on the difference.

Tim Ulbrich  44:54

Again, episode 296, five key decisions for long term care insurance recovered that topic in depth. We’ll link to that in the show notes. Tim, great stuff. And one thing I would say to our listeners, early retirement or not, we touch on a lot of areas of the financial plan. We talked about the importance of having a life plan, having the vision for where we’re going, why we’re going there. We talked about building a retirement paycheck. We touched on insurance, Social Security, investing priorities and decisions to make around investing and how to prioritize different parts of the investing plan. And at YFP, this is what our team of certified financial planners and tax professionals do. We support pharmacists at every stage of their careers to take control their finances, reach their financial goals and build wealth through comprehensive – looking at all the different areas we discussed – fee only, financial planning and tax planning. And we’d love to have an opportunity to talk with you, to learn more about your situation, to learn more about our services. Determine if there’s a good fit. You can book a free discovery call with Tim by visiting yourfinancialpharmacist.com top of the page there, you’ll see an option to book a discovery call. Thanks so much everyone for listening. We’ll catch you again next week.

Tim Ulbrich  46:01

As we conclude this week’s podcast an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog posts and podcasts, is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyzes expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist, unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward looking statements which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer, thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast. Have a great rest of your week. 

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 377: 10 Moves to Make to Become Financially Fit


Gathering wisdom from his own journey and those of many other pharmacists, Tim Ulbrich, YFP CEO, shares ten moves that are key in building a strong financial foundation.

Episode Summary

YFP CEO and Co-Founder, Tim Ulbrich, distills the lessons learned from his own financial journey and from speaking with thousands of pharmacists about their financial plans into a list of ten moves that are key in building a strong financial foundation. 

Whether you’re just getting started and have the opportunity to build a strong foundation from the beginning or you’ve been at it for a while and sense the need to reinforce that foundation, this week’s episode is for you.

About Today’s Guest

Tim Ulbrich is the Co-Founder and CEO of Your Financial Pharmacist. Founded in 2015, YFP is a fee-only financial planning firm and connects with the YFP community of 15,000+ pharmacy professionals via the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast podcast, blog, website resources and speaking engagements. To date, YFP has partnered with 75+ organizations to provide personal finance education.

Tim received his Doctor of Pharmacy degree from Ohio Northern University and completed postgraduate residency training at The Ohio State University. He spent 9 years on faculty at Northeast Ohio Medical University prior to joining Ohio State University College of Pharmacy in 2019 as Clinical Professor and Director of the Master’s in Health-System Pharmacy Administration Program.

Tim is the host of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast which has more than 1 million downloads. Tim is also the co-author of Seven Figure Pharmacist: How to Maximize Your Income, Eliminate Debt and Create Wealth. Tim has presented to over 200 pharmacy associations, colleges, and groups on various personal finance topics including debt management, investing, retirement planning, and financial well-being.

Key Points from the Episode

  • Financial Moves to Build a Strong Foundation [0:00]
  • Commitment to Living Off Less Than You Make [4:05]
  • Building an Emergency Fund [5:59]
  • Developing a Plan to Eliminate High-Interest Debt [10:17]
  • Determining the Best Student Loan Repayment Strategy [12:07]
  • Tracking Net Worth and Understanding Insurance Needs [14:53]
  • Starting to Invest Early and Often [19:03]
  • Refusing to Accept a Fixed Income [20:04]
  • Implementing Systems and Automation [21:30]
  • Conclusion and Encouragement [24:51]

Episode Highlights

“As I truly believe everything else we talk about, right the X’s and O’s, whether it’s investing, insurance, debt repayment, tax planning, whatever it may be, all that stems from understanding and improving our own financial IQ.” – Tim Ulbrich [4:07]

“Life happens, and you want to be prepared. I want to be prepared so that those bumps don’t derail momentum and progress in other areas. The last thing we want is that we feel like we’re finally making progress towards building wealth, saving, investing for the future, achieving the goals that we’ve desired to achieve, and all of a sudden, we haven’t prepared for an emergency, and something sets us backwards and disrupts that momentum.” – Tim Ulbrich [5:00]

“Your six figure income – it’s a great tool, but it is not a financial plan. Without a vision and a plan, that good income is only going to go so far.” – Tim Ulbrich [27:51]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich  00:00

Hey everybody. Tim Ulbrich here and thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast, where each week, we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. This week, I’m flying solo with an episode that is short and to the point. One that distills a lot of learning from my own journey and from speaking with 1000s of pharmacists about their financial plans. I’ve taken those experiences and narrowed it down to a list of 10 financial moves that are key in building a strong financial foundation. Think of these as the prerequisites to building wealth and living your rich life. So whether you’re just getting started and have the opportunity to build a strong financial foundation from jump street, or perhaps you’ve been at it for a while, and sense the need to reinforce that foundation, this week’s episode is for you. And if you’re looking to identify areas within your own financial plan that could use some love and attention, we’ve got a great free resource for you. We created a five minute financial fitness test so that you can learn about the areas of your financial plan that you may need to work on, where you’re doing well, and resources that can help along the way. So head on over to yourfinancialpharmacist.com/fitness and see how your financial health is tracking. Again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com/fitness will also provide the link in the show notes. 

Tim Ulbrich  01:25

All right, let’s jump right into our list of 10 moves to make to become financially fit. Number one on our list is be a sponge. Be a sponge. This is intentionally number one on the list as a consistent commitment to learning, I believe, is going to yield the greatest return on your investment. The earlier you learn, the higher the return on investment of your time. At most, some pharmacy schools offer a personal finance elective but the vast majority have little to no personal finance that’s embedded in the curriculum, whether that’s at the graduate or the undergraduate or even the K through 12, although we see that expanding more recently. While you don’t need a master’s degree in finance to be successful with your money, you should have the basic knowledge that helps you make good decisions and develop good habits. Read books, listen to podcasts, watch YouTube videos, whatever works for you. Some of my favorite personal finance books that have had the most impact on my journey include Rich Dad, Poor Dad by Robert Kiyosaki;  I Will Teach You To Be Rich, by Ramit Sethi; The Millionaire Next Door, by Tom Stanley; Money: Master the Game by Tony Robbins; and of course, I’d be remiss if I didn’t mention the book that we wrote, Tim Church and I co authored, Seven Figure Pharmacist. These resources, as well as many other podcasts for me in my own journey, were instrumental to just developing that hunger and habit to learn, recognizing that there’s always an opportunity to grow, right? This is a journey. This is a marathon. This is not a sprint when it comes to long term financial success, and we have to put the work in to make sure that we’re upping our financial IQ over time. So be a sponge. When I think about some of the guests that have been on this show recently, right Brandon Gerleman on last week’s episode 376, that shared his debt free journey paying off about $160,00 of debt. Or Dr. Manny on Episode 375, a new practitioner that has opened up his own community pharmacy, is building his business. Or Mike Beyer from 365 who shared his story, going from a net worth of zero to becoming a Seven Figure Pharmacist. These are just a few of the stories, but one consistent theme and thread that I think of from their journeys is that they really believe there is no arrived. There is no arrive. When it comes to the financial plan, they are hungry to learn, to grow, despite the success that they have, they recognize there’s always an opportunity to learn, to improve and to grow. So that’s number one on our list. As I truly believe everything else we talk about, right the X’s and O’s, whether it’s investing, insurance, debt repayment, tax planning, whatever it may be, all that stems from understanding and improving our own financial IQ. 

Tim Ulbrich  04:22

Number two on our list is make a commitment to live off of less than you make. Make a commitment to live off of less than you make. Outside of learning, outside of being a sponge, this is at the top of the list because other goals require cash flow. It’s that simple, right? If we want to pay off debt, if we want to save and invest for the future, if we want to invest in experiences and travel, whatever goals we have, they’re dependent on cash flow. And cash flow comes from living off of less than we make now, easier said than done. Many of you know that firsthand, but until we figure out ways to take off the cap on our income. We’ll talk about that here in a little bit. The cash flow will come from the difference between what you earn and what you spend. The financial plan is this simple and this hard right. Executing, of course, is the hard part. But without cash flow and without a monthly system, we’re going to talk about that here in a little bit as well. We’re going to find ourselves spinning our wheels financially long term, right? We want to implement a system that from the breathing room and the cash flow that we create, we’re able to fund our goals each and every month, and know that we have a process in place for those goals, the dreams that we have to become a reality. So that’s number two on our list. Make a commitment to live off of less than you make.

Tim Ulbrich  05:48

Number three, you’ve heard me say it many times on the show before, build an emergency fund. This is not just about the dollars in the account. It’s about the breathing room that this creates in your financial plan, getting out of the day to day, month to month, year to year, mindset, and ensuring that we can have the peace of mind. So if you haven’t already done this, open up a high yield savings account or money market account that is separate – keywords – separate from your checking account, and label it as your emergency fund. One of these, my partner, Tim Baker, often says is, hey, if you’re doing the mental accounting, do the actual accounting. What does he mean by that? He means that if we’re looking at our funds, let’s say you’ve got 20, 30, $40,000 that’s sitting in a high yield savings account, or perhaps in a checking account. Hopefully not the case. But if we know that, hey, about five or 10 of that is for an emergency fund. About five or 10 of that is for an upcoming trip, about 10 of that is for a future roof replacement in the home, right? That’s the mental accounting. So if we’re doing that, let’s create the buckets here. We’re talking an emergency fund, label it and do the actual counting of putting it in a fund that is earmarked specifically for the emergency fund. Now we’re going to want to work towards saving three to six months of essential expenses. That’s our goal. That’s our target, general rule of thumb. But don’t let that number overwhelm you if you’re just getting started, or perhaps you’re doing some cleanup work in other parts of the financial plan, because here’s the reality, if you’ve never had an unexpected car or medical expense or another emergency, it’s only a matter of time. Life happens, and you want to be prepared. I want to be prepared so that those bumps don’t derail momentum and progress in other areas. he last thing we want is that we feel like we’re finally making progress towards building wealth, saving, investing for the future, achieving the goals that we’ve desired to achieve, and all of a sudden, we haven’t prepared for an emergency, and something sets us backwards and disrupts that momentum. Now here are five questions that I think you need to answer for your emergency fund, just to get you started and hopefully to get you on track. Number one is adequately funded. We talked about that general rule of thumb, three to six months of essential expenses, not all expenses, essential expenses. So what does that mean? Housing, food, transportation, clothing, minimum debt payments, things that you would continue to fund, even in the event of a short term job loss or emergency add those up. Multiply them by three to six. That’s a general target we’re shooting for with an emergency fund. So that’s question. One, is it adequately funded? Number two, a problem, but a good problem to have is, do you have too much saved in an emergency fund? I’ve talked with several pharmacists that have done a great job saving, but big numbers in an emergency fund, and ideally, we would put these funds, probably elsewhere, to use in the financial plan now, right now, because of where interest rates are at, it’s not a terrible option to have money sitting in an account earning four to 5% in high yield savings account. But if we have other high interest rate debt, or we’re looking to build up our long term investing or savings, there is an opportunity costs that can come from having too much saved in an emergency fund. So that’s question two. Number three, are you optimizing your emergency fund? So what I’m talking about here is making sure it’s not sitting in a checking account, that we have it working for us, especially with where interest rates are at right now. Whether that be a high yield savings account or money market account. You know, right now, at the time of this recording, most of those are in the four to 5% range. So are we optimizing that fund. Number four is, does it need a boost? So this is something that we can set it but forget it, and we have to come back and look at this, right? So, you know, especially for those that are earlier in their career, where expenses creep at a rapid rate, right? Perhaps when you when you graduated, maybe you didn’t have a home, or you didn’t have a family, all of a sudden you wake up in 3, 4, 5, years, our expenses have gone up significantly. So we want to visit this, revisit this at least once a year, and maybe at one point you hit that target of three to six months. But do we need to look at it again? And finally, our fifth question here. Is, as I mentioned already, is it separate from our everyday checking account? Right? If we’re doing the mental accounting, let’s do the actual accounting. So that’s number three on our list, build an emergency fund. 

Tim Ulbrich  10:11

Number four on our list of 10 moves to make to become financially fit, develop a plan to eliminate any high interest rate revolving credit card debt, or any high interest rate revolving consumer debt. Now, if you don’t have any revolving, high interest rate consumer debt, credit card debt, high interest rate, car loans, etc, great, right? Let’s move on. But if you do, baby steps, baby steps, this, along with the emergency fund, is really a top priority, given the interest rates this debt often demands, right, especially when talking about credit card typically north of 20% we have to plug this hole before we can start playing offense with other parts of the plan. Now, I know that sounds obvious, but I see this mistake commonly made, where because student loan debts there’s there’s an emotional burden there, or because there’s a feeling that I need to catch up and save and invest for the future, we can often get these priorities mixed up, right? So if I have high interest rate credit card debt that’s accruing interest north of 20% but I’m paying down debt at 5% 6% whether that be student loans, or I’m trying to save and invest in various retirement accounts. I may have those out of order, right? So we got to look at that. Now. Last thing I want to say here is, if you have credit card debt, know that you aren’t alone. Okay? We often think that, hey, all my other pharmacist friends have this figured out. They’re making a great income. I’m the only one with credit card debt, I can assure you that is not the case. This is a fairly common struggle that we see, especially with new practitioners. Although others are not immune to this, but there’s a lot of expenses that ramp up in that final year of pharmacy school, or those that transition into residency or fellowship. High cost of living areas. There’s a tendency to accrue some credit card debt at the end of that training program. So know that you’re not alone doesn’t mean or minimize that we have work to be done. Of course we do, but you aren’t alone, and we got to really start to begin to tackle this. So that’s number four, develop a plan to eliminate any high interest rate revolving consumer debt. 

Tim Ulbrich  12:15

Number five is we have to get clear on determining what is the best student loan repayment strategy for you. Now, if you’re listening and you have no student loans, you’re further along in your career. Great. Keep moving on, right? But for those that do have student loans, this is often a huge piece of the puzzle that we have to figure out, given the magnitude of it so that we can then plan around it. Because what you’ll notice, if you’re not already aware, especially when it comes to federal student loan repayment, there are a variety of options that can result in either big, big, big monthly payments or much smaller monthly payments, depending on which repayment plan you choose. And so we have to understand what fits into the budget. What is ideal, what is optimal for your situation, so that we can then plan and budget around it. Now, the median debt load for a pharmacy graduate here in 2024 covering right around $160,000 and for many grads, this is one of the most important and overwhelming decisions that they’re going to make. And to be fair, this is way more complicated than it needs to be, both on the federal and the private side. For those of you that have private loans. And to make that worse, this is just a hot mess right now, right. There’s a lot of changes that are going on with student loan repayment, a lot of uncertainty. The Save program has been held up. We don’t know what’s going to happen with that in the future. And by the way, we’re in the midst of a presidential election where student loans are often discussed and used in terms of political jockeying, so there’s a lot of unknown, which means for a lot of borrowers, it’s kind of a wait and see. Right now, it’s a wait and see for many people. So if you’re not already plugged into Studentaid.gov, make sure you get plugged in. We’ll link to that in the show notes so that you can stay up to date. We’ll also try to bring information here on our channels with what’s happening with student federal student loan repayment. But again, given the size, given the magnitude, notice, I didn’t say debt free, and I was intentional there, because for some of you, this is going to be a loan forgiveness pathway. But what I did say is we have to get clear on what our strategy is. We don’t want to be wandering when it comes to how we’re approaching our student loan. So once we can determine what is the optimal repayment strategy, we can then figure out what does that mean for a monthly payment. And then, as I mentioned, we can begin to build around that. So that’s number five, determine your student loan repayment strategy. Number six is, start tracking your net worth. Start tracking your net worth now if you’re early in your journey, especially if you have student loan debt or credit card debt, you’re not going to like this number, right? Because it’s a number that’s going to highlight especially if we have a high amount of debt that hey. We make a good income, but we’re probably not at the point we would like to be in terms of our overall financial health. Net worth is your assets or what you own minus your liabilities or what you owe. And I believe this is a much better indicator of your financial health than is your income, right? Because your income a six figure income. It’s a tool, but it’s not a financial plan, and it’s a tool that we can leverage to grow our net worth by paying down our debts and growing our assets that are hopefully compounding over time, but net worth is really going to shine a light on are we or are we not making progress. And so understanding and respecting this calculation can propel your financial plan. I really think about this as the 20,000 foot view on what’s going on for Jess and I in our own financial plan. So this is something that we’re tracking monthly. Very easy to do. I’ll share with you the template that we use. If you go to your financial pharmacist.com/toolbox. You’ll see a network tracking sheet there. You can save a copy for yourself, edit it. Nothing complicated. You can set up your own sheet as well. It’s a simply a listing of all the accounts that we have, checking savings, retirement accounts, real estate accounts, etc. Add up all the assets, subtract the liabilities. Amount that’s due. That’s our net worth. We’re tracking that over time to make sure that we’re heading in the right direction. If you’re not already doing this, even if you don’t like the number implement a system a recurring task to track your net worth each and every month. That’s number six on our list of 10 moves to make to become financially fed. 

Tim Ulbrich  16:36

Number seven is determine what insurance policies you do and do not need and do not need is perhaps equally as important. And while there are a lot of different types of insurance to consider here, I’m talking in specifically about three that I see get overlooked most by many pharmacists: professional liability and having your own professional liability insurance policy independent of your employer. Term life and long term disability. With the latter two, term life, long term disability, we’ve got to be thinking about what coverage we need in addition to what our employer policies are providing, not only to plus those up if they’re not enough, but also we got to remember that those policies aren’t going with us when we transition jobs, right and so as time goes on, as we get older, these policies typically become more expensive. So if we can lock these in in terms of our own independent Term Life policies, long term disability policies, while we’re younger and we can get the coverage we need, that’s probably going to be the best action that we can take. Now, when it comes to long term disability, you put a lot of time, energy and effort to be able to become a pharmacist and make a good income, and that’s why it’s so important to protect it. Disability Insurance for pharmacists is really income insurance. It’s addressing what would you do and the event that you’re unable to work as a pharmacist, right on the term life insurance side, what we’re trying to do there is especially if we have dependents or someone else that relies upon our income, in the event that you were to prematurely pass away, and that income is needed. What is that term life insurance policy going to produce? What expenses is it going to cover both short and long term now, we’ve got more information and resources on all of this. You can check those out at our website, yourfinancialpharmacist.com, I’ll link to a couple resources we have specifically on term life and long term disability in the show notes; guides that we’ve written specifically for pharmacists, what you do need, what you don’t need. Make sure to check those out. That’s number seven on our list. Determine what insurance policies you do and do not need. 

Tim Ulbrich  18:54

Number eight is we have to start investing as early as we possibly can. Now I know we’ve all been told this, but again, as with many of these items easier said than done, because when you’re flooded with things like student loans and other debt, it can be hard to balance prioritizing investing, and it’s easy to fall into the trap and perhaps feel that you can put off retirement savings for a few years, but the reality is that you want to take advantage of compound interest, time, value of money, and the earlier you start contributing, the better. And your investing strategy, it’s going to evolve over time. It’s going to get more complicated. But don’t succumb to inaction, because you’re overwhelmed with all the options. Start typically, what we’re focused on is starting with the employer match to a, 401K or 403B, 401 k, for those that you work work for a for profit, 403B for those that you work for a non profit, assuming that you’re there long enough to be vested, that’s a key factor we have to look at. And then we’re going to build from there, right? We’re going to look at things like IRAs Traditional and Roth IRAs, typically. Roth IRAs for pharmacists. HSAs health savings account and other investment vehicles along the way as well. We have talked extensively on the show about various investing strategies, long term retirement plan strategies, so make sure to check out those episodes for more information. 

Tim Ulbrich  20:17

Number nine on our list of 10 moves to make to become financially fit is refuse to accept your income is fixed. Now, common misperception I see among many pharmacists is that there is a ceiling on their income, and that mindset can lead to stagnation. Stagnation. It can lead to career dissatisfaction, and it can really limit on what is possible. So whether it’s pursuing additional opportunities within your organization, or perhaps for some of you, it’s starting a side hustle or business or investing in real estate, these are just a few of the many examples of how pharmacists are taking the ceiling off of their income potential. Bob Berg, the author of the Go Giver, said that your income is determined by how many people you serve and how well you serve them. I believe that to be true, whether it’s people that start their own business, whether that’s people that get started in real estate and develop great collaborations and partnerships, or whether that’s folks within their own organization that really are able to demonstrate and provide the value that then unlocks additional opportunities for them. So that’s number nine, refuse to accept your income as fixed because,

Tim Ulbrich  21:25

as we talked about earlier, all financial goals stem from the cash flow that we create by living off of less than we make. One way to do that is cut expenses. The other way we’re talking about here in our ninth point is growing our income. 

Tim Ulbrich  21:37

And finally, number 10 on our list of 10 moves to become financially fit, implement systems and automation as soon as possible. Now, if you’ve listened to the show for a while, you know that I love automation, and Ramit Sethi he talks about this in his book, I Will Teach You be Rich when he says, and I agree that automation can be the single most profitable system that you ever build. And as you’re getting started, it’s the process, not the outcome. It’s the process that’s most important. Remember, this is a marathon, not a sprint, and building and automating a system is ultimately what’s going to allow you to identify and fund your goals. You are directing your financial plan rather than reacting to it. That’s what we’re talking about here with automation. And it’s so apparent, so effective, so easy to implement, but it’s vastly underutilized. It involves essentially scheduling the transfer of funds to predefined goals, and doing so confidently, knowing that you’ve already accounted for it in your monthly spending plan. That’s what we’re talking about with automation. So whether it’s paying down your debt more aggressively through extra payments, whether it’s saving and investing money to an IRA or another type of investment account, whether it’s putting money towards a down payment on a home or investment property, whatever the goal is that we’ve identified and we account for in our monthly spending plan, once we identify that goal, automation, the next step here is to move those funds after we get paid, rather than waiting to see if there’s money left over, right? It’s proactive versus reactive. Sure, it takes a little bit of time to set up, but once it’s set up, it provides a long term return on your time, benefit and peace of mind, knowing that you have thought about, you’ve prioritized and you have a plan that is working itself to fund your goals. Do not underestimate how powerful that can be in terms of momentum and confidence. Now, what does this actually look like? So for my wife and I, we have a high yield savings account. We use Ally for all our online banking, this is not commercial for Ally, but in our high yield savings account within that, we have various buckets, and we name them according to the goals that we’re setting out to achieve. Now, of course, if there’s anything that I want to go directly to an account, not to sit in a high yield savings account, right? Perhaps this would be funding a Roth IRA or a brokerage account, or putting money into 529, those are going to be automated directly to that account. But for anything else, as I mentioned before, the mental accounting and the actual accounting, for example, this year we’re finishing, right now, a basement remodel project. So we have a bucket in our high yield savings account for a basement remodel. It could be a vacation. It could be the next car purchase. It could be gifts that you are funding throughout the year. It could be your insurance, homeowners or auto insurance that you pay once a year, twice a year, that you save up through throughout the year. Right? Any of these goals, we can create a bucket, and we can automate the contribution of the funds to that, and then we can see, and have a visual representation of what our goals are, and whether we’re not or not, we’re on track to achieve those. So this system, it took us about 15 minutes to set up, and could just as easily be achieved, probably through your own bank, or if they don’t have a bucket tool like that, through tracking in a simple spreadsheet. Again, resources I have that you can see more of our system. You go to yourfinancialpharmacist.com/toolbox, feel free to download any of those templates or resources and make them your own. 

Tim Ulbrich  25:06

Now, if you’re someone that’s listening, that’s feeling perhaps financially stressed or stuck or overwhelmed or confused or anxious, whether you’re a new practitioner, mid career, approaching retirement, or maybe you’re wondering, why am I not further along? Right? I’ve earned a good income, or I am earning a good income. Why am I not further along? I want you to close your eyes for a moment, unless you’re driving, of course, don’t do that and imagine a scenario where you are regularly investing in time to enhance your financial IQ, whether that’s reading, podcast, whatever you’re consistently learning and growing in this area. I want you to imagine where you have a fully funded emergency fund, where you have the peace of mind knowing that you have a backstop in place. I want you to imagine a scenario where if you have any high interest rate revolving debt, that that’s gone, and for other debt, you have a plan in place for how that’s going to be paid off and where that fits in the budget. I want you to imagine a scenario where you’re regularly tracking your net worth over time each and every month. I want you to imagine a scenario where you’re saving and investing each month and hopefully growing that each month, taking advantage of compound interest and time value of money. I want you to imagine a scenario where you’re advocating and negotiating for your income to be commensurate with the value that you’re providing and the confidence that can come from that. And I want you to imagine for a moment that you have a system in place that is accounting for and automatically funding your goals each month. And as you imagine those things. How does that feel? What emotions are coming up, and how does that contrast against those feelings of feeling stressed or stuck or overwhelmed, confused, anxious, notice that there is nothing complicated about what I have shared today. Sure, there’s a time and place for more advanced strategies, many of which we have talked about on this show, but first we have to do the foundational work that will put us in the position to take some calculated risk. And this just this isn’t just new practitioner stuff, right? I know many pharmacists, myself included, that sometimes we have to go back to the foundations, whether we’ve been out five years, 15 years or 25 years. And while all of this is pretty straightforward, you and I both know that executing consistently over time is a different challenge. So let me wrap up by saying that if you could use some help and guidance, we have a team of certified financial planners and tax professionals at YFP that can help. Your six figure income. It’s a great tool, but as I’ve said already once on this show, it is not a financial plan without a vision and a plan that good income is only going to go so far. That’s why, in part, I started Yfp back in 2015 because at Yfp, we support pharmacists at every stage of their careers to take control their finances, reach their financial goals and build wealth through comprehensive fee only financial planning and tax planning. Our team of certified financial planners and tax professionals work with pharmacists all across the country and help our clients set their future selves up for success while living a rich life today, both are important. So if you’re ready to see how yp can help support you on your financial journey, you can visit your financial pharmacist.com, and at the top right, you’ll see an option to book a discovery call that will take you to a scheduling page to book a meeting with my partner, a 60 minute meeting. Tim Baker, fee only, certified financial professional, where we’ll talk and learn about your situation, your goals, what’s working, what’s not working. We’ll share more about our services, and from there, we can determine whether or not those are good fit again, yourfinancialpharmacist.com, at the top right, you’ll see an option there to click on book a discovery call. Thank you so much for listening to this week’s episode. If you found this information helpful, do me a favor. Share this with a friend and colleague and leave us a review on Apple Podcasts which will help others find the show. Have a great rest of your day, and we’ll catch you again next week. Take care.

Tim Ulbrich  29:14

 As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only, and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog posts and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyzes expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist, unless otherwise noted and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward looking statements which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer, Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 376: From Student Debt to Financial Freedom: How Brandon Paid Off $160k


Brandon Gerleman, PharmD shares the strategy for how he paid off $160k of debt.

This episode is brought to you by APhA.

Episode Summary

Brandon Gerleman, a 2017 pharmacy graduate from the University of Iowa, shares his journey of paying off $160k of debt through not one, not two, but five refinances along the way. Brandon discusses his repayment strategy, why he decided for a more aggressive loan payoff, and what’s next for him and his family. He emphasizes the importance of living within your means, being aware of finances, and the impact of interest rates on repayment strategies. Brandon and his wife are now looking toward the future and he shares what other financial goals they are preparing for.

About Today’s Guest

Brandon Gerleman, PharmD is a 2017 graduate of the University of Iowa College of Pharmacy. He currently works as a Senior Product Manager on the Pharmacy Product Team at Outcomes, where he manages products to help pharmacists practice at the top of their training and provides tools to help drive pharmacy campaigns and increase efficiencies. After graduating in 2017 with $161,000 in student loan debt, he paid it off in May 2024. Brandon and his wife, Mariah, have 2 children and live in a rural community in Iowa. He enjoys spending time with his family, golfing, and watching Iowa Hawkeye football.

Key Points from the Episode

  • Brandon’s Passion for Personal Finance 1:36
  • Career Journey and Student Loan Debt 6:08
  • Refinancing Strategy and Financial Discipline 9:29
  • Balancing Financial Goals and Family Life 19:48
  • Future Financial Plans and Legacy 28:59

Episode Highlights

“Within that entire last seven years, though, I’ll say that we lived within our means, but we weren’t crunching pennies. We’re not in some fancy house. We’re within our means here. We still go on vacations with the kids. We still do fun things with the kids.” – Brandon Gerleman [20:59]

“For me and my wife, it was just like, how can we tackle the student debt and take that off our shoulders to then enable us to do more things? And it’s all about the family, and it was like trying to prepare for the future that way.” – Brandon Gerleman [21:38]

“At the end of the day, the math is the math, and we weren’t so aggressive, where we couldn’t do things. And we weren’t so passive, where the dollars kept loading on. So I think it was finding that right balance.” – Brandon Gerleman [22:34]

“We want to be able to live in the moment and celebrate and do things with our kids. I love the word intentional. Be very intentional about what we’re doing. We can still splurge on a Starbucks every now and then, right? You can still do things while living within your means and being intentional about how we’re how we’re approaching our student loan debt payoff.” – Brandon Gerleman [24:50]

“We’re always learning, I feel like the more aware we are around what’s happening. That’s why I was listening to all these Your Financial Pharmacist Podcasts back in pharmacy school, on fourth year rotations, and ever since, it’s just being aware. It’s always learning. It’s asking questions and trying to put ourselves in the best position for success.” -Brandon Gerleman [30:25]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich  00:00

Hey everybody. Tim Ulbrich here and thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast, where each week, we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. This week, I welcome Brandon Gerleman onto the show, a 2017 pharmacy graduate from the University of Iowa and longtime listener of the YFP Podcast, to share his journey paying off $160,000 of debt through not one, not two, but five refinances along the way. We discuss his repayment strategy, why he decided for a more aggressive loan payoff, and what’s next for him and his family. Today’s episode of the YFP Podcast is brought to you by The American Pharmacists Association. APHA has partnered with YFP to deliver personalized financial education benefits for APHA members. Throughout the year, APHA will be hosting a number of exclusive webinars covering topics like student loan debt payoff strategies, home buying, investing, insurance needs and much more. Join APHA now to gain premier access to these educational resources and to receive discounts on YFP products and services. You can join APHA at a 25% discount by visiting pharmacist.com/join and using the coupon code YFP. Again, that’s coupon code YFP at pharmacist.com/join. All right, let’s jump into my debt free interview with Brandon Gerleman. 

Tim Ulbrich  01:26

Brandon, welcome to the show.

Brandon Gerleman  01:28

Hey. What’s going on?

Tim Ulbrich  01:29

Super excited to have you on. It’s been a while since we’ve done a debt free story and celebration. So I’m certainly looking forward to that. And you and I connected back in 2023 although, as we discussed before the interview, we had some connections before that we weren’t necessarily aware of. And at the time, I saw a post that you shared on LinkedIn of a pharmacy personal finance talk that you were giving to Iowa pharmacy students. So let’s start there. Where does your passion for personal finance come from?

Brandon Gerleman  01:59

Yeah, no, I appreciate that. Definitely comes from being aware, and that, you know, just being aware of your situation, and it kind of spurs from  my parents really having that instilled, instilled that at a young age, and just being aware, you know, living within your means, having the ability to kind of see everything that that has come in and coming out, and yet again, just just that awareness issue and a little bit of that pharmacist, hey, I need to control a little bit of something here.

Tim Ulbrich  02:31

I love that. And you shared with me, you know, 2017, year you graduated, you were on APPE rotations, and you ran across the YFP podcast, which helped, in part, light a spark that you certainly took and ran with, and you’ve done the hard work, but I love that you’re now giving that back as well as you’re sharing with other students, and as you and I both know this is such a topic of interest and need among pharmacists at large, but certainly students and new practitioners. So thank you for your commitment to this topic, and as you continue to share the good news with students and others as well. Before we get into the weeds on your student loans and your Debt Free Journey, how you paid them off, why you paid them off, tell us about your career path, what led you into the profession, and what’s the work that you’ve been doing since graduating 2017. 

Brandon Gerleman  03:18

Yeah, for sure. For sure. Graduated in 2017. Prior to even getting into pharmacy school. I live here in a small town of 5,000 folks here in South Central Iowa, and really that independent community pharmacist and seeing the impact on what they did to the community. That sounds super cliche. You probably hear that a lot. I’m sure pharmacists talk about that a bunch. But the pharmacist at the independent community pharmacy uptown, like they were the, know it all for anything. It was, you know, drug related, it was, you know, any ailment related. It was, when’s the next bus come in? I mean, it was any question, you know, community events like they were just that go to resource. And I just, I just admired that and thought, gosh, I just, I like talking to people, love science. I think this could be a really good fit. Started working there as a pharmacist, you know, technician, tech and training prior when I was an undergrad and just ran, ran from there and never looked back. So graduated from the University of Iowa College of Pharmacy in 2017 and immediately ran back home, right. Came back to my hometown and was overseeing a lot of the clinical operations within the small pharmacy chain that we had here. And that was a really nice, fulfilling, you know, giving back to the community. Being involved in the community; was there for about two and a half years, and really had the mindset of wanting to impact more than just 5,000 in my community. So made the transition over to Outcomes MTM, where I could really help impact millions upon millions of patients. Patients, and help them with outcomes for about five years now, so been there ever since, worn a number of different hats within outcomes, been on the clinical team, been on the payer product team, and most recently, I’m on the pharmacy product team. So I’ve got a little bit of a non traditional pathway, A, B, current position, so I’m a senior product manager, and I oversee all the clinical pharmacy products for Outcomes, and so that that that involves or brings in anything from looking at our collaborative practice agreements and being on the clinical lens to review those, to writing pharmacy sponsored opportunities on the outcomes platform, to also writing clinical workflows that enable the pharmacist to, you know, to practice at the top of their license and submit as a medical bill. So really, anything clinical in the pharmacy, in pharmacy land from outcomes I oversee, and I absolutely love it. I sit with software engineers every single day, and they’re a tremendous group of folks and provide that clinical lens on a lot of what we’re doing. And it’s a very fulfilling position, a need position, and the ability to not only impact patients, but to increase efficiencies and provide more tools for pharmacists to impact even more patients and truly get that fulfilling, that point of patient care, that great, we’re in a state we can do test and treat. But what does that mean? Where do I start? What do I do? You know, how can I decrease my my risk of, you know, DIR fees, you know, how can I practice, you know, practice at the top of my license. So it’s a fun, fun position that I’m at. And been there, been been there, five years, five years now. 

Tim Ulbrich  06:48

Outcomes holds a special place for me, and I didn’t share this with you in advance, and I’m dating myself a little bit. And our listeners may not know this about my career path, but I graduated back in 2008 and I spent a year residency in community practice, and then my first job out of community practice was a shared academic role with the university up in Northeast Ohio. And then I was practice component was with a local community regional chain. Giant Eagle is the name of the chain, and we were implementing medication management services across the region. That was my job to go to various stores and help them think about the clinical workflows and how to embed this into patient care models. And it was a really exciting time, right? This wasn’t too long after the passage of the Medicare Modernization Act, and this was for us in Ohio, there was a huge Medicaid contract that landed, and through outcomes was really the ability that we had to do many of these services at the time, so just really fun memories and and really being able to help expand practice at the time. So feels like it’s coming full circle as you’re talking here and sharing your career journey as well. 

Brandon Gerleman  07:55

Yeah, definitely it’s that next, that next chapter, right? And now we’re just, we’re beyond just traditional MTM, and now we’re trying to help pharmacists just do more on that same platform.

Tim Ulbrich  08:05

So let’s get into the student loans. Give us the juicy details. How much debt did you have when you graduated in 2017 and what was the average interest rate on your debt at the time?

Brandon Gerleman  08:17

Yeah, did some math here, and kind of added things up. And I still have, when I first graduated, just kind of memory of seeing the number in my head there. But just shy $161,000 in student loan debt from both undergrad and grad and pharmacy school. So I’ve got twoundergrad degrees. I went the four and four route, and they averaged across all of them about 6.75% so remember, just graduated and be like, Oh, that’s a kind of a tough pill to swallow. 

Tim Ulbrich  08:51

Yeah. And as you and I were talking about before we hit record, you know, the the interest rate matters a lot, and we’ll talk about how that played into your repayment journey. Unfortunately, we’re seeing those rates – I graduated again, 2008 6.8% a lot of my loans were fixed. You mentioned in the six, sevens. We’re actually seeing now rates on those unsubsidized graduate loans, you know, north of 8% so those are tough interest rates. We talk a lot about the number right, 161, 170, 180, 190. And actually the the average debt load is, we just got the latest data from the class of 2024, hovering around that hovering around that $170k mark still. So it has flattened off over the last several years. But we don’t give enough attention to the interest rate, and I think that’s going to come to life as we talk about your repayment strategy, because for you, as I understand it, it was refinancing your loans, not once, not twice, but five times, ultimately, getting your rate down to 2.24% now, before our listeners, you know, are just like, what in the world, those interest rates don’t exist today, right? So talk us through that decision to refinance. What was it primarily or only based? Based on that 2.24% because there are some considerations, right? When people take their loans from the federal system to a private lender, which is what you’re doing through a process of refinance, there are some things that you might be giving up. Oh, and by the way, when something like a global pandemic happens and there’s a freeze on interest and no payments are required, right, that was something we never could have seen coming as a potential negative impact and consequence of refinancing. So tell us about that decision to refinance and how you ultimately got to the point that that was the best plan for you.

Brandon Gerleman  10:33

Yeah, yeah. Definitely didn’t have global pandemic and halt on student loan payments in my in my Uno cards there. But yeah, for me, it was the aspect of I knew I was never going to, I shouldn’t say never, never say that you never know where the career is going to take you. But highly unlikely for me to go to a another career that kept me in that student loan forgiveness within the federal sector there. So knowing that it just came down to math, and at the end of the day, it wasn’t a jump from 6.75% directly to 2.24% it was refinancing. And I would just always got in the habit of, every three months checking, and I actually always go on on Your Financial Pharmacist and go over to see what deals were going on, right? You know what was the bonus for refinancing? What were the rates at playing around? And never, you know, never hurt your credit score by checking. And you don’t know what you don’t know. And so I would just continue to chip chip, chip away, and eventually got that down to that 2.24% with that auto pay, you know, the rate reduction there by a quarter percent. But it just came down to math. And at the end of the day, what we’re doing is, is math here. And I hate to pay in interest, oh my gosh, just to think that I’m like, giving, like, somebody giving money, and I’m paying them back, and the interest payments are, you know, what’s killing you. I just wanted to that was just a fire in the belly. Wanted to reduce that as much as possible.

Tim Ulbrich  12:05

Yeah, you know, I gave a presentation just a couple weeks ago to a group of student pharmacists, and I walked them through how interest accumulates, right? Because when we’re talking about unsubsidized loans, which you know for most pharmacy students, that’s going to be all of your federal student loans. When it comes to your pharmacy education, there’s the principal, which is the original amount that you’re borrowing, and then there’s the interest which accrues while you’re in school. I often say, Well, when I’m presenting, hey, not to scare you, but while we’re sitting here, the interest is accruing, right? That’s just a matter of fact. And then when you get an active repayment, that separate pot of interest gets added to your principal, and that grows interest. What I say is baby interest, which is referred to as capitalization. So the result of that, why that matters, is that most borrowers, myself, included my own journeys, you vastly underestimate how much you’re actually going to pay off when it’s all said and done, because you’re looking at as a pharmacy student saying, okay, you know, I’m borrowing 15, $20,000 a semester. I’ve got so many semesters, that’s the number, right? And what we’re leaving out there is the interest that accumulates in school, and then the interest that accumulates all the while in the repayment period as well. So such an important lesson, whether we’re talking about student loans, credit card debt, mortgage, car loans, anytime you’re borrowing, right? Interest is the cost of borrowing anytime a bank is lending someone money that that’s a risk they’re taking, and obviously you’re going to pay for that in the form of interest. We have to understand how that interest accumulates and how we feel as well, which is an important one that you mentioned in terms of your hate of that interest. I also want to highlight Brandon,  you said something important, which I don’t want to overlook for our listeners that are thinking about their own situation. You said, Hey, I first determined that something like Public Service Loan Forgiveness wasn’t going to be my pathway. Once I made that decision, it really came down to a math, the math. And I want to highlight that, because that’s how I think about it, in terms of a decision tree, right? If there is a pathway to be considered, and it makes sense. And there’s some pros, cons, things that we gotta factor in before you ultimately make that decision. Let’s have that discussion first, if that is not a possibility, then we’re looking at, how do we maximize our repayment options and strategies? And for some people, that might be a refinance. Now, Brandon, I know our listeners are listening to say, is anybody refinancing anymore, right? Given where interest rates are at, and the answer is, actually there are, it’s certainly not anywhere to the point of what you did when you got this all the way down to the low twos. We saw that right before the pandemic. A lot of people, flurry of activity into refinancing below threes. You know, that has largely gone away for the most part, but there are many people out there who have existing private loans that may be at eight, 9, 10, 11, 12, plus percent, which is crazy to say out loud, that certainly should be considering whether or not they can move that private loan and get a better deal on that. So I just want to kind of pause for a moment and make sure we address that. So when you look at the math, clearly, you know, 6.7% down  2.24%. That looks good. What did that actually mean in terms of how much time that took off the repayment period? 

Brandon Gerleman  15:11

Oh, I should have written this down! Every single time I would use the some of the calculators that that are on the Your Financial Pharmacist website and and every time I would, you know, crunch it. If I’m here, here’s where I’m at, bringing it down, here’s where I’m at. I have to dig in there. But I know it was of the 10s of 1000s of dollars, and then as far as a time, I think that’s where, that’s where I compounded and snowballed things. So like my wife and I were incredibly comfortable paying when I first graduated this, you know, unsightly amount that was more than our house payment and and thinking, Okay, well, if we’re comfortable paying that, we’re going to refinance from, you know, from A to B, and that reduced my interest rate. Well, I’m going to continue to pay that because out of sight, out of mind, but I’m going to add that extra because my payment went down. My monthly payment went down. I’m going to add that extra as principal only. And so by the time you did that five times you’re you’re knocking it down. It is dollars that you’re not even used to seeing because you haven’t seen it yet that are just snowballing toward that principle. And then every time I would refinance, I’d play around with the calculators as well. Can I, you know, decrease the duration, you know, of my student loan as well? And the last one that we did in 2021 that got me to that 2.24 I also cut it from at that point would have been seven years down to five years. And so that also helped me, you know, really snowball. And then I’ll say that anytime we had a, you know, a tax return, or any, you know, any type of dollars that we felt, hey, let’s, let’s start throwing, throwing additional dollars that way. We throw it as a lump sum, and we’d, we chase it, you know, chase a traditional payment with a principal only. Payments would only go toward that principal, and that was, you know, the combination of refinancing, reducing that, the length of that loan, continuing to pay what we were used to paying, and have it go to our principal, and then the lump sums, kind of, you know, along the way doesn’t have to be much. Can be 500 bucks. This one month can be, you know, $1,000 you know, this other month can just be adding on. Hey, let’s, you know, just add on a little bit. Add 20 bucks a month toward principal. Those small things added up where all of a sudden you became much more manageable. And every time I was very aware, I’ve said that a couple times, I’m very aware, I would always be checking, you know, you know, what’s the balance? Now, you wouldn’t check every single day. That would just drive about, you know, a person crazy. But you know, as you’re checking, then you’re noticing that your payments going more towards principal and less toward interest and and then you can start breathing a little bit, right? And then there, you know, there’s that light at the end of the tunnel and that snowball. And just continue to snowball and snowball and snowball.

Tim Ulbrich  17:58

Yeah, what I hear there is momentum and energy that is coming, which, which is really defined by that snowball approach. And we’ll talk a little bit more about that. But you know, often people will refinance to potentially save on a monthly payment, and then that frees up cash flow to do other things, no right or wrong there. That’s just an option that people choose. Others kind of take the approach you did, which is, hey, we’re going to refinance, get a lower rate, but since we’re used to this monthly payment, even though we only have to now pay 1100 bucks a month, but we’re used to paying 1500 or whatever the number is, let’s keep paying 1500 we’re going to make these principal only payments, and by doing that, we’re going to jump down the amortization table, right? And for those of you that haven’t geeked out on an amortization table, it’s important to understand these things. Again, it’s not just student loans, it’s house payments, car payments, any other type of debt. To really understand what percentage of your payment is going toward principal, what percentage of your payment is going towards interest, and after you make that payment, what’s the balance due? Oh, and by the way, if we make an extra payment, what does that mean, right, in terms of where we’re at, and so depending on your goals, what you’re trying to achieve, interest rates, all these factors are going to determine how aggressive you may or may not be in that debt repayment to that point. And you mentioned Brandon that you know, when you first started, you were paying this unsightly amount. I remember that feeling very well, and that for you, it’s Hey, I hate interest these need to be gone as quick as possible, as what I’m gathering from you, and that’s a decision point that people have to decide, right? We talked about the first branch of the decision tree, which was, Hey, are you going to pursue loan forgiveness or not? If not, then it’s a mathematical decision. Now, once you go to the next decision point, it is, how quickly do I want these gone? And what does that mean for our monthly cash flow and potentially being able to do X, Y or Z. That could be a myriad of things, right? It could be that, hey, we’re looking to save up for a home. We’re looking to buy a second investment property. We want to invest in more in our retirement. We want to have experiences. We got kids on the way. There’s a million other goals that could be coming. But ultimately, you decided that, sure. Or more cash flow would be nice, but we want these gone, you know, tomorrow. And so how did you and your wife get to that decision, that despite the rate arguably being pretty darn low when you get to that point, 2.24  and even before that pretty low, that even though those rates were coming down, you really wanted to go that aggressive repayment. What was the philosophy behind that for you guys?

Brandon Gerleman  20:20

Yeah, yeah. Great, great question. I would say it wasn’t hard to not even going to use the word convince. My wife is already on the same page. So just more of demonstrating, showing the math, and saying, you know, by doing this, you know, semi aggressive plan, instead of being done in 2027 we can be done in 2024 so that freed up, you know, three years of more than our house payment worth of student loans that then will allow us to do more things. And so I’ve got two young kids under the age of four. And, you know, now all of sudden we can, we can go out and we can maybe do something. And, you know, go on a vacation here, and within that entire last seven years, though, I’ll say that we lived within our means, but we weren’t crunching pennies. We’re not in some fancy, fancy house. We’re within our means here. We still go on vacations with the kids. We still do fun things with the kids. Went and saw Caitlin Clark play in Minnesota last week, right? So, yeah, you know, so we’re, it’s from, for me and my wife, it was just like, how can we tackle the student debt and take that and just, you know, a big relief off our shoulders to then enable us to do more things? And it’s all about the family, and it was like trying to prep for the for the future that way. Also say that the snowball doesn’t doesn’t just stop with with my student loans. We We’ve now taken what we’re used to paying for my student loans, and we’re snowballing into other things, a truck payment. My wife student loans are almost done, you know, yeah, so, like, by the end of 2024 you know, really being able to breathe. And then you know that that allows you, and I’m sure I’m leading on to the next question. You know that that allows a person to do a little bit more. And now I can start putting dollars for a 529, plan for, you know, for the kids. And I can start, you know, and add a little bit more in the 401K, which can then reduce my, you know, my taxable income. So there’s other things that that that we can consider while, you know, we have a, you know, freed up a little bit of monthly cash, you know, when it comes to looking at the cash in and out, but it’s really having that supportive spouse who, at the end of the day, the math is the math, and we weren’t so aggressive, where we couldn’t do things, we weren’t. So, you know, passive, where the, you know, the dollars kept, kept loading on. So I think it was finding that that right balance,

Tim Ulbrich  22:49

I suspect that balance was really important for the two of you to get on the same page. And it’s something I see often. It was true in our own journey as well, that, I think, where people run into some issues, especially if you have two different money belief systems. And I’m not suggesting that was the case here, but when that is the case, you know, when one person’s like, hey, we want to go all in and I want these gone tomorrow, and we’re not going to do anything. Like, obviously, there’s going to be friction there, right? And I think we often have this perception of, hey, I would love to be debt free, like Brandon’s debt free, but I’m not willing to sacrifice everything. And what I hear you saying is like, Hey, we’ve lived within our means. We’ve done hard work. I’m not going to minimize that. We’ve been intentional, but we haven’t been, you know, to the point where we’re not also enjoying things and living this rich life that we so often talk about on the show. And what I often see, and I’m confident I will see here as well, is that when someone is as intentional as you have been, and you and your wife have been for for as long as you’ve been, then when you go to the next decision point, when your wife’s loans are done, and you’re like, hey, we were putting x per month between our loans. Now what? That’s the question. Now, what? Right this money isn’t going to go off into the ether and you’re going to be like, what happened? We used to pay loans, and now we don’t know where that money went. Like, you’re going to be intentional about, hey, it’s the 529 account. Maybe it’s putting a little bit more towards investing for retirement. Maybe it’s being intentional if we’re going to take another vacation a year or, you know, do whatever it means for you guys to be living the rich life. So I love that, and I think we don’t talk often enough about that that there are benefits that come long term from how we approach our decision making and how we live today, that even when the debt’s gone, you’re gonna see the fruit of that well beyond that. 

Brandon Gerleman  24:35

Definitely. And you know, I’ve seen other folks that have been on your podcast that have paid off way more in a shorter amount of time. And I think that is phenomenal. It’s kind of driving your own, you know, your own why? And for me, it was in my wife. It was like we want to be able to live in the moment and celebrate and do things with our kids. And as you know, before we had kids as a couple, but also be and I love the word intentional. Be very intentional about what we’re doing. You know, we can still splurge on a Starbucks every now and then, right? You know, you can still do things while living within your means and being intentional about how we’re how we’re approaching our student loan debt payoff. 

Tim Ulbrich  25:15

As you and your wife look towards that finish line of her loans coming in the not so distant future, and obviously, as aggressive as you’ve been there, there’s going to be some cash flow available, which is exciting. And you’ve, in part, answered this. You mentioned the kids college savings of 529, accounts. I’ve heard kind of the family experience aspect of it as well. What else? What else is? Is a priority for you guys as you look towards, say, the next decade or so? 

Brandon Gerleman  25:42

Man, hard to look past the next decade. When you’ve got two kids running around, doing everything every single week, there’s something new! I would say, you know, free enough to be able to start investing more, right? So because, I’m because we were so intentional about paying down debt, we weren’t as heavy on on investing. And so I would say, you know, investing personally, as well as investing in my children’s future with, you know, 529 plans. I’m that’s probably my biggest thing is, like paying it forward. I will say, here’s the nice little asterisk that I’ll throw with my 161,000 in student loan debt, my folks took care of my undergrad. So that includes, you know, around just shy or about $35,000 out of that $160k my mom and dad were very intentional to pay off for my twin sister and I, to allow us to then kind of pay it forward. So I’m really looking forward to being able to pay it, forward to my to my children. So I’d say, you know, between 529 some investing, some decreasing my taxable income, as well as saving for retirement. And then I, I think the biggest thing is, like taking a breath and just saying, Hey, we did it. Let’s just kind of, you know, relax, enjoy it for a little bit and and really enjoy the family and start doing more things and really getting those, those family experiences involved. We’re not anytime we’re doing presents for kids or anything we’re not big on, like a product or an item, like, for all those that are parents out there, Tim, yourself, included, like, man, like you, for you, the kid forgets about it maybe in two weeks, or plays with the box instead, right? Or and so those are replaceable, the the memories and the experiences are what we’re really trying to pass on, I think that’ll allow us to do a little bit more, you know, travel, and just be even more involved with our kids.

Tim Ulbrich  27:38

I love to hear that Brandon, and I’m intentionally asking the question, you know, to encourage our listeners to be thinking about this as well, and to encourage you and your wife to continue these conversations as well, because they’re so important, right? You’ve done incredible hard work with the student loan debt. You’re going to do great work with saving but, but there’s a bigger story here, right? And that’s what I’m asking about, because there will be a day. I call it the rocking chair exercise. There will be a day when I look back, when you look back and, you know, yeah, oh yeah. Remember, we paid off all that debt, yeah, we did that. You know, remember when we got to the point of financial independence because we saved for the future, and we don’t have our mortgage anymore, and our kids are taking care of, yeah, yeah, we did that. What do we remember, right? What’s the So, what? What’s the vision? What’s the engine behind all of this? And at the end of the day, money is a tool. Money has value because we all agree it has value, and as long as that’s true, it will have value, but it’s what we’re able to do with that money. And getting clear with that no right or wrong answer is really what this whole financial plan is about. So I hear a strong why of family experiences. You know, that’s something I often hear when I ask this question. You know, for other people, it might be a dream they have of starting a business, or it might be, you know, some type of giving aspect of time, reminding you’re having an option to work part time. Or it could be a myriad of things, and really getting clear on that, I think, for those that are listening, that are in the middle of the weeds of going through a journey like this. You know, it’s not a hey, I’ll think about that tomorrow. It’s, let’s think about this now, because that’s going to propel and give us some motivation while we’re in the midst of this journey. And we don’t want to wait till we get to the finish line, because this is something we constantly want to ignite the fire in the flame with. And for those that are doing this with a significant other, partner, spouse, so important, so important. We’re having these conversations because all the strategy is somewhat noise. If we aren’t clear on where are we going or why are we going there? And that really, I think, is where we see so much of the joy come and the opportunity. So I love what you shared there, Brandon, I’m so excited to see where you and your wife go into the future, and congratulations on the success that you’ve had so far. 

Brandon Gerleman  29:43

Very much appreciate that. And I will say one more thing, and that is, you know, nobody pretends to be an expert in this area, right? We’re always learning. And so even myself, as I’m going through this last year, learned about, you know, a. 529 you know, Secure Act. And then I was able to, you know, throw some dollars toward that,  a 529 plan over last year and this year, that even helped me from a tax benefit that I knew I was going to pay them off this year. So I might as well throw it in an account that I can kind of shelter a little bit through taxes. Had no clue about that. I was just kind of over a beer, discussing with with another colleague, and it’s like, Wait a minute. So I just just want to throw that out there that, you know, we’re always learning, I feel like the more aware we are around what’s happening. You know, that’s why I was listening to all these Your Financial Pharmacist Podcasts back in in pharmacy school, on fourth year rotations, and ever since, it’s, it’s just, it’s being aware. It’s always learning. It’s asking questions and just, you know, trying to, trying to put ourselves in the best position for success, for whatever that why is 

Tim Ulbrich  30:50

What I hear there is a curiosity, a desire to learn and grow. I love that example, right? Because there’s a state tax deduction that you’re talking about from a 529 to be able to pay off your loans, and that was opened up, you know, others might be using it to pay for kids private education, you know, K through 12. That’s a relatively new thing as well. And some people might hear that and be like, Well, what actually is the dollar savings, right? And sure, you know, we could look at that and say, you know, are we talking 1000s and 1000s of dollars? No we’re not, but it’s, it’s an important example, because it’s an indication of the curiosity you have, the desire to learn, to grow. And as I often say, there is no arrive at the financial plan, as long as we are hungry to learn and grow and be open to different ideas and strategies and figure out what’s best for our plan, right? There is an infinite number of possibilities for where we could go. So that is such a cool example of what comes from from compounded learning over time. So Brandon, thanks so much for taking time, time to come on the show again. Congratulations to you and your wife. Look forward to following your journey as well into the future. 

Brandon Gerleman  31:49

I appreciate it. Thanks for having me on. 

Tim Ulbrich  31:51

Before we wrap up today’s episode of The Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast. I want to again thank our sponsor, the American Pharmacist Association. APHA, is every pharmacist ally advocating on your behalf for better working conditions, fair PBM practices and more opportunities for pharmacists to provide care. Make sure to join a bolder APHA to gain premier access to financial educational resources and to receive discounts on YFP products and services. You can join APHA at a 25% discount by visiting pharmacist.com/join and using the coupon code YFP. Again, that’s pharmacist.com/join using the coupon code YFP. 

Tim Ulbrich  32:33

As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog posts and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyzes expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist, unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward looking statements which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]